1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
76 \bibtex_command default
77 \index_command default
81 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
82 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
86 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
87 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
88 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
93 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
94 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
104 \paperorientation portrait
106 \notefontcolor #0055ff
123 \paragraph_separation indent
124 \paragraph_indentation default
125 \quotes_language english
128 \paperpagestyle default
129 \tracking_changes false
130 \output_changes false
146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
148 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
150 \begin_inset CommandInset href
152 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Note Note
174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
175 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
181 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
189 \begin_layout Standard
190 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
191 LatexCommand tableofcontents
198 \begin_layout Chapter
202 \begin_layout Section
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 LyX is a document preparation system.
208 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
209 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
210 It is unlike most other
211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
218 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
220 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
236 pt type, left justified, 5
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
249 \begin_layout Standard
250 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
263 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
267 \begin_layout Standard
269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
280 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
281 the format of all of the manuals.
282 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
283 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
300 \begin_layout Section
304 \begin_layout Standard
305 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
307 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
308 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
312 \begin_layout Standard
313 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
314 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
315 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
317 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
318 only a vertical scrollbar.
319 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
320 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
321 This, however, is due
322 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
323 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
324 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
325 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
327 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
328 this doesn't work for equations yet.
331 \begin_layout Standard
332 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
340 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
345 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
346 ing sections of this documentation.
349 \begin_layout Section
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
359 of the manuals from inside LyX.
360 Just select the manual you want read from the
367 \begin_layout Section
369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
371 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
378 \begin_layout Standard
379 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
380 without resorting to configuration files.
381 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
382 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
383 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
388 \begin_inset Index idx
391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
398 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
399 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
404 \begin_inset space \space{}
407 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
408 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
410 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
414 \begin_inset Index idx
417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
418 Reconfiguration of LyX
423 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
426 \begin_layout Section
428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
430 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
437 \begin_layout Standard
438 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
439 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
441 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
442 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
446 \begin_layout Standard
447 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
449 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
450 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
453 \begin_layout Standard
454 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
455 you can view from the menu
457 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
476 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
477 reconfigure LyX (menu
479 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
483 \begin_inset Note Note
486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
487 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
495 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
496 More about TeX Code is described in section
501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
503 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
507 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
514 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
524 \begin_inset Index idx
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
528 Reconfiguration of LyX
533 See section 5.1 of the
537 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
540 \begin_layout Chapter
544 \begin_layout Section
545 Basic File Operations
546 \begin_inset Index idx
549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
558 \begin_layout Standard
563 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
564 in addition to some more advanced operations:
567 \begin_layout Itemize
571 \begin_inset Graphics
572 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
580 \begin_layout Itemize
598 \begin_layout Itemize
604 \begin_inset Graphics
605 filename ../images/file-open.png
606 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
625 \begin_inset Graphics
626 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
634 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_layout Itemize
686 \begin_inset Graphics
687 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
688 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
695 \begin_layout Itemize
701 \begin_layout Standard
702 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
703 a few minor differences.
706 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
721 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
722 you for a template to use.
723 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
724 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
725 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
733 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
740 \begin_layout Standard
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
766 space is just that — a big, blank space.
769 \begin_layout Standard
790 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
795 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
820 will reload the document from disk.
821 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
822 and want to restore it to the last save.
831 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
832 can identify them as your changes.
835 \begin_layout Section
836 Basic Editing Features
837 \begin_inset Index idx
840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
849 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
856 \begin_layout Standard
857 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
858 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
859 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
860 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
862 We'll start with cut and paste.
865 \begin_layout Standard
866 As you might expect, the
870 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
871 various other editing features.
872 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
876 \begin_layout Itemize
882 \begin_inset Graphics
883 filename ../images/cut.png
884 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
891 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_inset Graphics
898 filename ../images/copy.png
899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
906 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_inset Graphics
913 filename ../images/paste.png
914 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
921 \begin_layout Itemize
931 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_layout Itemize
955 \begin_inset Graphics
956 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
957 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
965 \begin_layout Standard
966 The first three are self-explanatory.
967 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
968 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
977 keys also functions as the
982 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
983 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
988 to get back the lost text.
991 \begin_layout Standard
992 \begin_inset Index idx
995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1001 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1013 \begin_layout Standard
1016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1021 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1032 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1038 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1042 \begin_inset space ~
1047 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1048 will start a new paragraph.
1051 \begin_layout Standard
1052 \begin_inset Index idx
1055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1062 \begin_inset Index idx
1065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1073 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1079 \begin_inset space ~
1087 \begin_inset space ~
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1097 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1102 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1105 \begin_inset space ~
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1119 button to skip the current word.
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1139 If the toggle is set, searching for
1140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1151 will not match the word
1152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 Match whole words only
1168 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1199 \begin_layout Standard
1200 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1201 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1203 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1208 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1215 \begin_layout Section
1217 \begin_inset Index idx
1220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1227 \begin_inset Index idx
1230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1239 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1246 \begin_layout Standard
1247 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1248 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1251 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1254 or the toolbar button
1255 \begin_inset Graphics
1256 filename ../images/undo.png
1257 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1261 to undo some mistake.
1262 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1264 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1267 or the toolbar button
1268 \begin_inset Graphics
1269 filename ../images/redo.png
1270 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1286 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1289 \begin_layout Standard
1290 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1299 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1300 This is a consequence of the 100
1301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1304 step undo limit, above.
1307 \begin_layout Standard
1316 work on almost everything in LyX.
1317 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1321 \begin_layout Section
1323 \begin_inset Index idx
1326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1335 \begin_layout Standard
1336 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1339 \begin_layout Enumerate
1344 \begin_layout Itemize
1349 once anywhere in the edit window.
1350 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1354 \begin_layout Enumerate
1359 \begin_layout Itemize
1365 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1368 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1371 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1374 \begin_layout Itemize
1375 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1377 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1385 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1390 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1391 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1395 \begin_layout Enumerate
1400 \begin_layout Standard
1405 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1410 \begin_layout Section
1412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1414 name "sec:Navigating"
1419 \begin_inset Index idx
1422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1431 \begin_layout Standard
1432 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1435 \begin_layout Itemize
1440 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1441 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1450 or the toolbar button
1451 \begin_inset Graphics
1452 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1453 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1462 (TOC) that is described in section
1463 \begin_inset space ~
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1474 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1475 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1476 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1477 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1478 to the document, see section
1479 \begin_inset space ~
1483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1485 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1494 option sorts the current list, and the
1498 option keeps it in the current view state.
1499 Keeping means that when you have e.
1500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1504 \begin_inset space \space{}
1507 the subsections of section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1511 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1515 3, the subsections of section
1516 \begin_inset space ~
1519 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1524 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1525 \begin_inset space ~
1531 \begin_layout Standard
1533 \begin_inset space \space{}
1537 \begin_inset Graphics
1538 filename ../images/down.png
1539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1544 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1549 \begin_inset space \space{}
1553 \begin_inset Graphics
1554 filename ../images/up.png
1555 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1560 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1564 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1566 So you can for example move section
1567 \begin_inset space ~
1571 \begin_inset space ~
1575 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1577 \begin_inset Graphics
1578 filename ../images/promote.png
1579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1584 \begin_inset Graphics
1585 filename ../images/demote.png
1586 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1590 or the corresponding key bindings
1598 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1599 So you can for example make section
1600 \begin_inset space ~
1604 \begin_inset space ~
1608 \begin_inset space ~
1614 \begin_layout Standard
1616 \begin_inset Graphics
1617 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1618 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1623 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1624 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1625 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1626 go back to your last editing position.
1629 \begin_layout Section
1631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1635 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1639 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1641 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1646 \begin_inset Index idx
1649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1656 \begin_inset Index idx
1659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1690 \begin_layout Standard
1691 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1693 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1694 is used to propose completions.
1697 \begin_layout Standard
1698 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1699 there are completions available.
1700 You can then press the
1704 key to use this completion.
1705 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1706 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1707 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1714 \begin_layout Standard
1715 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1717 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1720 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1722 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1725 by deselecting the option
1732 Automatic inline completion
1734 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1735 To accept this proposal, use the
1744 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1745 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1753 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1760 \begin_layout Section
1762 \begin_inset Index idx
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1772 \begin_inset Index idx
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1804 \begin_inset Index idx
1807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1839 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1840 LyX's default is CUA.
1843 \begin_layout Standard
1847 \begin_inset space ~
1855 \begin_inset space ~
1876 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1880 \begin_layout Labeling
1881 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1885 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1886 LatexCommand nomenclature
1888 description "Tabulator key"
1894 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1895 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1896 \begin_inset space ~
1900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1902 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1909 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1913 , especially section
1914 \begin_inset space ~
1918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1920 reference "sub:Lists"
1926 If you're still confused, look in the
1933 \begin_layout Labeling
1934 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1938 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1939 LatexCommand nomenclature
1941 description "Escape key"
1948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1955 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1956 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1959 \begin_layout Labeling
1960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1966 \begin_inset space ~
1970 \begin_inset space ~
1977 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1978 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1982 \begin_layout Standard
1983 There are three modifier keys:
1986 \begin_layout Labeling
1987 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2005 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2006 LatexCommand nomenclature
2008 description "Control key"
2012 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2013 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2017 \begin_layout Itemize
2026 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2029 \begin_layout Itemize
2038 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2041 \begin_layout Itemize
2050 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2054 \begin_layout Labeling
2055 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2073 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2074 LatexCommand nomenclature
2076 description "Shift key"
2080 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2081 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2084 \begin_layout Labeling
2085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2103 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2104 LatexCommand nomenclature
2106 description "Alt or Meta key"
2110 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2111 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2112 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2118 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2120 menu accelerator keys
2123 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2124 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2128 \begin_layout Standard
2129 For example, the sequence
2130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2136 \begin_inset space ~
2140 \begin_inset space ~
2146 \begin_inset space ~
2154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2173 \begin_inset space ~
2179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2189 \begin_layout Standard
2194 manual lists all other things bound to the
2202 \begin_layout Standard
2203 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2204 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2205 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2206 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2207 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2208 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2209 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2210 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2226 followed by a capital
2233 \begin_layout Standard
2234 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2236 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2241 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2244 as explained in sec.
2245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2251 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2258 \begin_layout Chapter
2260 \begin_inset Index idx
2263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2272 \begin_layout Section
2274 \begin_inset Index idx
2277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2286 \begin_layout Subsection
2290 \begin_layout Standard
2291 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2292 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2293 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2294 numbering schemes, and so on.
2295 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2296 and format the title of your document differently.
2299 \begin_layout Standard
2304 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2305 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2306 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2307 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2308 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2311 \begin_layout Standard
2312 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2313 how to adjust their properties.
2316 \begin_layout Subsection
2318 \begin_inset Index idx
2321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2330 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2337 \begin_layout Standard
2338 You can select a class using the
2340 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2341 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2345 \begin_inset Index idx
2348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2355 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2363 \begin_layout Standard
2364 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2368 \begin_layout Description
2369 Article for basic articles
2372 \begin_layout Description
2373 Report for basic reports
2376 \begin_layout Description
2377 Book for writing a book
2380 \begin_layout Description
2381 Letter for US-style letters
2384 \begin_layout Standard
2385 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2386 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2387 will include many of these.
2388 Here are some of the classes.
2389 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2391 Special Document Classes
2400 \begin_layout Description
2401 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2404 \begin_layout Description
2405 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2409 \begin_layout Description
2410 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2414 \begin_layout Description
2415 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2416 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2417 There are three article layouts available.
2418 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2419 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2420 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2421 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2426 sequential numbering
2427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2430 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2431 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2432 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2433 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2436 \begin_layout Description
2437 Beamer Layout for presentations
2440 \begin_layout Description
2441 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2442 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2446 \begin_layout Description
2447 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2450 \begin_layout Description
2452 \begin_inset space ~
2455 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2458 \begin_layout Description
2459 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2462 \begin_layout Description
2463 Foils Used to make transparencies
2466 \begin_layout Description
2467 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2468 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2474 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2487 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2488 (Is used by this document.)
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2495 \begin_layout Description
2496 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2499 \begin_layout Description
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2511 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2512 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2514 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 Slides Used to make transparencies
2521 \begin_layout Description
2523 \begin_inset space ~
2526 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2527 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2530 \begin_layout Description
2531 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2534 \begin_layout Standard
2535 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2537 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2543 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2544 of the document classes.
2547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2551 \begin_layout Standard
2552 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2556 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2558 \begin_inset Index idx
2561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2578 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2583 \begin_inset space ~
2590 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2591 that are not installed to produce output.
2592 So it seems that something is wrong.
2595 \begin_layout Standard
2596 But nothing is wrong.
2597 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2598 and some of them, like
2602 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2603 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2604 files, with a growing number.
2605 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2606 by some document class.
2607 There are just too many of them.
2608 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2611 \begin_layout Standard
2612 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2613 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2614 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2615 document class for a new file.
2616 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2621 Installing new LaTeX files
2622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2629 manual for information on how to install them.
2630 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2636 \begin_layout Standard
2637 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2638 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2640 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2641 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2642 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2644 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2647 \begin_inset space ~
2654 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2657 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2666 \begin_inset Index idx
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2679 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2680 chosen document class.
2681 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2682 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2689 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2693 \begin_inset Index idx
2696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2703 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2709 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2710 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2711 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2712 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2713 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2714 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2716 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2720 \begin_inset Index idx
2723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2724 Reconfiguration of LyX
2730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2733 Installing new LaTeX files
2734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2741 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2744 \begin_layout Standard
2745 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2753 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2754 LyX will advise you about these things.
2762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2766 \begin_layout Standard
2767 Each class has a default set of options.
2768 Here's a quick table describing them:
2771 \begin_layout Standard
2772 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2778 \begin_layout Standard
2780 \begin_inset Tabular
2781 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2782 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2783 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2784 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2785 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2786 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2787 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3241 \begin_layout Standard
3242 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3248 \begin_layout Standard
3249 You're probably also wondering what
3250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3254 \begin_inset space ~
3258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3262 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3263 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3268 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3273 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3283 headings, there are also
3291 headings, and so on.
3292 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3293 \begin_inset space ~
3297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3299 reference "sub:Headings"
3306 \begin_layout Subsection
3308 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3310 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3315 \begin_inset Index idx
3318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3327 \begin_inset Index idx
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3342 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3353 \begin_inset space ~
3358 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3360 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3361 to use for your document.
3362 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3366 \begin_layout Standard
3373 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3379 \begin_inset space ~
3384 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3385 You can choose between the following five options:
3388 \begin_layout Labeling
3389 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3394 Use default page style of current class.
3397 \begin_layout Labeling
3398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3403 No page numbers or headings.
3406 \begin_layout Labeling
3407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3415 \begin_layout Labeling
3416 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3421 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3422 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3423 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3426 \begin_layout Labeling
3427 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3432 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3438 \begin_inset Index idx
3441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3442 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3448 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3449 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3451 Check the documentation for the
3455 package for more details,
3456 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3465 \begin_layout Standard
3470 of paragraphs is described in section
3471 \begin_inset space ~
3475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3477 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3484 \begin_layout Subsection
3485 Paper Size and Orientation
3486 \begin_inset Index idx
3489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3490 Document ! Paper size
3496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3498 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3505 \begin_layout Standard
3506 You'll find the following options in the menu
3509 \begin_inset space ~
3514 of the dialog of the
3516 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3522 \begin_inset Index idx
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3534 \begin_layout Labeling
3535 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3539 \begin_inset space ~
3544 What size paper to print on.
3548 \begin_layout Itemize
3554 \begin_layout Itemize
3564 \begin_layout Itemize
3570 \begin_layout Itemize
3576 \begin_layout Itemize
3582 \begin_layout Itemize
3588 \begin_layout Itemize
3594 \begin_layout Labeling
3595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3600 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3611 \begin_layout Labeling
3612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3616 \begin_inset space ~
3621 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3622 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3625 \begin_layout Subsection
3627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3634 \begin_inset Index idx
3637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3644 \begin_inset Index idx
3647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3656 \begin_layout Standard
3657 Paper margins are set in the menu
3659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3663 \begin_inset Index idx
3666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3675 \begin_layout Standard
3676 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3677 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3678 the paper format and the font size into account.
3681 \begin_layout Subsection
3685 \begin_layout Standard
3686 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3691 That includes the paragraph environments.
3692 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3693 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3694 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3695 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3704 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3706 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3707 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3708 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3711 \begin_layout Section
3712 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3713 \begin_inset Index idx
3716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3717 Paragraph ! Indentation
3725 \begin_layout Subsection
3727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3729 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3736 \begin_layout Standard
3737 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3738 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3741 \begin_layout Standard
3742 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3743 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3744 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3745 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3749 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3755 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3756 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3757 language than English.
3758 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3761 \begin_layout Standard
3762 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3763 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3765 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3766 LyX takes care of that.
3767 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3769 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3770 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3771 of a page, and so on.
3775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3776 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3781 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3782 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3786 of these pre-coded spacings.
3787 We'll explain more later.
3790 \begin_layout Subsection
3791 Paragraph Separation
3792 \begin_inset Index idx
3795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3796 Paragraph ! Separation
3804 \begin_layout Standard
3805 To separate paragraphs, select
3816 \begin_inset space ~
3823 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3827 \begin_inset Index idx
3830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3836 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3837 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3838 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3841 \begin_layout Standard
3851 \begin_layout Standard
3852 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3853 \begin_inset space ~
3857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3859 reference "cap:Units"
3864 The default length is 30
3865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3871 \begin_layout Subsection
3875 \begin_layout Standard
3876 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3879 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3881 \begin_inset space ~
3886 dialog and toggle the
3889 \begin_inset space ~
3894 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3897 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3901 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3902 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3906 \begin_layout Standard
3907 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3908 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3911 \begin_layout Subsection
3913 \begin_inset Index idx
3916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3917 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3928 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3932 \begin_inset Index idx
3935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3944 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3947 \begin_inset space ~
3956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3957 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3962 \begin_inset Index idx
3965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3966 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3971 installed to use this feature.
3979 \begin_layout Section
3980 Paragraph Environments
3981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3983 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3988 \begin_inset Index idx
3991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3992 Paragraph ! Environments
3998 \begin_inset Index idx
4001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4002 Paragraph environments|(
4010 \begin_layout Subsection
4014 \begin_layout Standard
4015 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4018 \begin_layout Standard
4037 \begin_inset Newline newline
4040 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4041 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4042 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4051 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4054 \begin_layout Standard
4055 A paragraph environment is simply a
4056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4063 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4064 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4065 scheme, labels, and so on.
4066 Additionally, you can
4067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4074 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4075 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4076 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4077 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4078 days of typewriters.
4079 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4081 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4084 \begin_layout Standard
4085 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4086 \begin_inset Graphics
4087 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4093 at the left end of the toolbar.
4094 LyX will change the environment of the
4098 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4099 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4100 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4104 \begin_layout Standard
4113 create a new paragraph using the
4117 paragraph environment.
4119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4126 because if you are in one of these environments:
4129 \begin_layout Itemize
4135 \begin_layout Itemize
4141 \begin_layout Itemize
4147 \begin_layout Itemize
4153 \begin_layout Itemize
4159 \begin_layout Itemize
4165 \begin_layout Itemize
4171 \begin_layout Standard
4172 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4176 , rather than resetting it to
4181 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4182 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4183 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4184 \begin_inset space ~
4188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4190 reference "sec:Nesting"
4195 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4200 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4201 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4205 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4211 \begin_layout Subsection
4215 \begin_layout Standard
4216 The default paragraph environment is
4221 It creates a plain paragraph.
4222 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4223 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4224 this manual) are in the
4231 \begin_layout Standard
4232 You can nest a paragraph using the
4236 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4244 \begin_layout Subsection
4246 \begin_inset Index idx
4249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4258 \begin_layout Standard
4259 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4268 for thanks or contact information.
4269 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4270 page along with today's date.
4271 For other types of documents, the title
4272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4279 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4283 \begin_layout Standard
4284 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4298 Here's how you use them:
4301 \begin_layout Itemize
4302 Put the title of your document in the
4309 \begin_layout Itemize
4310 Put the author name in the
4317 \begin_layout Itemize
4318 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4319 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4325 Note that using this environment is optional.
4326 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4327 If you don't want any date, add the line
4328 \begin_inset Newline newline
4338 \begin_inset Newline newline
4341 to the preamble of your document (menu
4343 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 You can use footnotes to insert
4351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4358 or contact information.
4361 \begin_layout Subsection
4363 \begin_inset Index idx
4366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4382 \begin_layout Standard
4383 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4384 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4389 \begin_inset Index idx
4392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4393 Section headings ! Numbered
4401 \begin_layout Standard
4402 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4406 \begin_layout Enumerate
4412 \begin_layout Enumerate
4418 \begin_layout Enumerate
4424 \begin_layout Enumerate
4430 \begin_layout Enumerate
4436 \begin_layout Enumerate
4442 \begin_layout Enumerate
4448 \begin_layout Standard
4449 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4450 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4451 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4454 \begin_layout Standard
4455 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4456 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4457 You group the book into chapters.
4458 LyX does similar grouping:
4461 \begin_layout Itemize
4466 is divided in either
4477 \begin_layout Itemize
4489 \begin_layout Itemize
4501 \begin_layout Itemize
4513 \begin_layout Itemize
4525 \begin_layout Itemize
4537 \begin_layout Standard
4538 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4546 Not all document types use the
4550 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4555 is the top-level heading.
4563 \begin_layout Standard
4568 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4569 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4571 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4585 \begin_inset Index idx
4588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4589 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4597 \begin_layout Standard
4598 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4602 \begin_layout Enumerate
4608 \begin_layout Enumerate
4614 \begin_layout Enumerate
4620 \begin_layout Enumerate
4626 \begin_layout Enumerate
4632 \begin_layout Standard
4634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4641 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4642 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4643 table of contents, see section
4644 \begin_inset space ~
4648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4657 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4658 Changing the Numbering
4659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4661 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4668 \begin_layout Standard
4669 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4670 in the Table of Contents.
4671 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4673 Certain classes start with
4687 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4697 This is something you can change.
4700 \begin_layout Standard
4703 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4709 \begin_inset Index idx
4712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4723 \begin_inset space ~
4727 \begin_inset space ~
4732 you'll see two counters.
4737 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4739 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4744 Short Titles of Headings
4745 \begin_inset Index idx
4748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4749 Section headings ! Short titles
4755 \begin_inset Argument
4758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4767 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4774 \begin_layout Standard
4775 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4776 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4777 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4778 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4782 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4783 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4784 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4785 To specify a short title, use the menu
4787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4789 \begin_inset space ~
4795 This will insert a box labeled
4796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4811 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4812 This also works for captions inside floats.
4815 \begin_layout Standard
4816 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4823 \begin_layout Standard
4824 The following information applies to all section headings:
4827 \begin_layout Itemize
4828 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4831 \begin_layout Itemize
4832 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4835 \begin_layout Itemize
4836 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4839 \begin_layout Itemize
4840 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4843 \begin_layout Subsection
4844 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4847 \begin_layout Standard
4848 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4862 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4863 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4864 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4865 the text they contain.
4866 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4874 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4877 \begin_layout Standard
4878 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4887 when you start a new paragraph.
4888 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4892 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4893 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4894 to change back to the
4898 environment yourself.
4901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4918 \begin_inset Index idx
4921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4930 \begin_layout Standard
4931 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4932 time for the differences.
4941 are identical except for one difference:
4945 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4954 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4958 Here's an example of the
4971 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4973 See – no indentation!
4977 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4978 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4979 the other paragraph.
4982 \begin_layout Standard
4983 Here's another example, this time in the
4990 \begin_layout Quotation
4996 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4997 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4998 the first line, then
5002 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5006 you were quoting other text.
5009 \begin_layout Quotation
5010 Here's a new paragraph.
5011 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5012 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5015 \begin_layout Standard
5016 As the examples show,
5020 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5021 They should put quotes in the
5026 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5030 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5033 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5039 \begin_inset Index idx
5042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5051 \begin_inset Index idx
5054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5070 \begin_layout Standard
5075 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5081 \begin_inset Newline newline
5084 Which I did not rehearse!
5088 It could be much worse.
5089 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5091 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5092 indented a bit more than the first.
5093 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5099 \begin_inset Newline newline
5102 And make things look fine
5103 \begin_inset Newline newline
5109 arg "newline-insert newline"
5115 \begin_layout Standard
5120 does not indent both margins.
5121 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5122 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5129 arg "newline-insert newline"
5135 \begin_layout Subsection
5137 \begin_inset Index idx
5140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5156 \begin_layout Standard
5157 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5167 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5176 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5177 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5178 some general features of all four of them.
5181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5185 \begin_layout Standard
5186 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5188 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5197 reset the environment to
5201 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5202 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5203 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5207 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5210 to break paragraphs.
5213 \begin_layout Standard
5214 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5215 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5217 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5218 you read all of section
5219 \begin_inset space ~
5223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5225 reference "sec:Nesting"
5233 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5239 \begin_inset Index idx
5242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5258 \begin_layout Standard
5259 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5263 paragraph environment.
5264 It has the following properties:
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5272 \begin_layout Itemize
5273 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5276 \begin_layout Itemize
5277 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5281 \begin_layout Itemize
5282 The items can have any length.
5283 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5284 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5291 \begin_layout Itemize
5296 environment inside another
5300 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5304 \begin_layout Itemize
5305 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5308 \begin_layout Itemize
5309 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5312 \begin_layout Itemize
5314 \begin_inset space ~
5318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5320 reference "sec:Nesting"
5324 for a full explanation of nesting.
5328 \begin_layout Standard
5329 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5338 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5341 \begin_layout Standard
5342 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5343 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5346 \begin_layout Itemize
5347 The label for the first level
5351 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5355 \begin_layout Itemize
5356 The label for the second level is a dash.
5360 \begin_layout Itemize
5361 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5365 \begin_layout Itemize
5366 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5370 \begin_layout Itemize
5371 Back out to the third level.
5375 \begin_layout Itemize
5376 Back to the second level.
5380 \begin_layout Itemize
5381 Back to the outermost level.
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5385 These are the default labels for an
5390 You can customize these labels in the
5392 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5395 dialog in the submenu
5402 \begin_inset Index idx
5405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5414 \begin_layout Standard
5415 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5416 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5418 \begin_inset space ~
5422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5424 reference "sec:Nesting"
5431 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5437 \begin_inset Index idx
5440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5449 name "sec:Enumerate"
5456 \begin_layout Standard
5461 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5462 It has these properties:
5465 \begin_layout Enumerate
5466 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5470 \begin_layout Enumerate
5471 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5475 \begin_layout Enumerate
5476 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5479 \begin_layout Enumerate
5484 environment resets the counter to one.
5487 \begin_layout Enumerate
5500 \begin_layout Enumerate
5501 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5502 Items can have any length.
5505 \begin_layout Enumerate
5506 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5509 \begin_layout Enumerate
5510 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5513 \begin_layout Enumerate
5514 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5527 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5528 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5535 \begin_layout Enumerate
5536 The first level of an
5540 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5544 \begin_layout Enumerate
5545 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5549 \begin_layout Enumerate
5550 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5554 \begin_layout Enumerate
5555 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5558 \begin_layout Enumerate
5559 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5564 \begin_layout Enumerate
5565 Back to the third level
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5570 Back to the second level.
5574 \begin_layout Enumerate
5575 Back to the outermost level.
5578 \begin_layout Standard
5579 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5584 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5589 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5593 \begin_layout Standard
5594 There is more to nesting
5598 environments than we've stated here.
5599 You should read section
5600 \begin_inset space ~
5604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5606 reference "sec:Nesting"
5610 to learn more about nesting.
5613 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5619 \begin_inset Index idx
5622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5631 \begin_layout Standard
5632 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5636 list has no fixed label.
5637 Instead, LyX uses the first
5638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5645 of the first line as the label.
5649 \begin_layout Description
5650 Example: This is an example of the
5657 \begin_layout Standard
5658 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5662 \begin_layout Standard
5664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5671 it is meant that the first hit of the
5675 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5677 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5685 arg "space-insert protected"
5690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5691 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5693 \begin_inset space ~
5699 \begin_inset space ~
5703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5705 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5709 for more info.) Here is an example:
5712 \begin_layout Description
5714 \begin_inset space ~
5717 Example: This one shows how to use a
5720 \begin_inset space ~
5732 \begin_layout Description
5733 Usage: You should use the
5737 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5738 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5740 It's not a good idea to use a
5744 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5745 You're better off using
5757 paragraphs into them.
5760 \begin_layout Description
5761 Nesting: You can nest
5765 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5769 \begin_layout Standard
5770 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5771 them from the first line.
5774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5780 \begin_inset Index idx
5783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5792 \begin_layout Standard
5797 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5800 \begin_layout Standard
5801 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5809 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5814 environment is named
5826 \begin_layout Standard
5835 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5836 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5839 \begin_layout Labeling
5840 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5842 \begin_inset space ~
5845 labels LyX uses the first
5846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5853 of each line as the item label.
5858 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5859 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5860 blank as described above.
5863 \begin_layout Labeling
5864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5865 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5866 the body of the item text.
5867 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5868 label width plus a little extra space.
5872 \begin_layout Labeling
5873 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5875 \begin_inset space ~
5878 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5880 If the label width is larger, the label
5881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5888 into the first line.
5889 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5890 margin of the rest of the item text.
5893 \begin_layout Labeling
5894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5896 \begin_inset space ~
5899 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5904 environment have the same left margin.
5905 \begin_inset Newline newline
5908 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5911 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5913 \begin_inset space ~
5922 \begin_inset space ~
5927 determines the default label width.
5928 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5937 multiple times instead.
5938 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5947 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5950 \begin_inset space ~
5955 every time you alter a label in a
5960 \begin_inset Newline newline
5963 The predefined default width is the length of
5964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5973 \begin_inset Newline newline
5977 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5985 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5986 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5994 \begin_layout Standard
5999 environment the same way like the
6003 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6009 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6013 \begin_layout Standard
6018 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6020 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6022 \begin_inset space ~
6026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6028 reference "sec:Nesting"
6032 to learn about nesting.
6035 \begin_layout Standard
6036 There is yet another feature of the
6040 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6042 You can use additional
6046 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6051 are documented in section
6052 \begin_inset space ~
6056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6058 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6063 Here are some examples:
6064 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6070 \begin_layout Labeling
6071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6072 Left The default for
6079 \begin_layout Labeling
6080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6081 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6088 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6091 \begin_layout Labeling
6092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6093 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6097 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6104 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6107 \begin_layout Subsection
6109 \begin_inset Index idx
6112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6129 \begin_inset space ~
6137 \begin_layout Standard
6138 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6146 \begin_inset space ~
6152 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6153 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6154 In contrast, you can use the
6161 \begin_inset space ~
6166 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6167 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6171 \begin_layout Standard
6172 Of course, you're not limited to using
6179 \begin_inset space ~
6188 \begin_inset space ~
6193 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6194 some European academic papers.
6197 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6201 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6208 \begin_layout Standard
6213 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6214 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6218 \begin_inset space ~
6223 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6224 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6225 Here's an example of each:
6228 \begin_layout Right Address
6230 \begin_inset Newline newline
6234 \begin_inset Newline newline
6238 \begin_inset Newline newline
6241 When is it? What is today?
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6248 \begin_inset space ~
6254 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6255 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6256 Here's an example of the
6263 \begin_layout Address
6265 \begin_inset Newline newline
6268 Where do I send this
6269 \begin_inset Newline newline
6272 Your post office and country
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 As you can see, both
6283 \begin_inset space ~
6288 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6293 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6299 This makes sense, since
6307 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6308 Thus, you have to use
6315 arg "newline-insert newline"
6321 \begin_inset space ~
6324 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6326 \begin_inset space ~
6335 menu) to start a new line in an
6342 \begin_inset space ~
6350 \begin_layout Subsection
6354 \begin_layout Standard
6355 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6356 or list of references.
6357 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6364 \begin_inset Index idx
6367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6376 \begin_layout Standard
6381 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6382 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6383 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6384 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6388 in anything else or vice versa.
6394 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6395 The book document classes ignores the
6399 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6403 in a letter document class.
6406 \begin_layout Standard
6411 environment does several things for you.
6412 First, it puts the centered label
6413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6421 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6423 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6424 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6425 the subsequent text.
6426 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6427 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6430 \begin_layout Standard
6431 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6435 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6436 The new paragraph will still be in the
6441 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6442 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6445 \begin_layout Standard
6446 \begin_inset Float figure
6451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6453 \begin_inset Graphics
6454 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6462 \begin_inset Caption
6464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6467 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6488 \begin_layout Standard
6489 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6493 environment, but since this document is in the
6494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6501 class, we can't do this.
6502 We inserted it therefore as figure
6503 \begin_inset space ~
6507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6509 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6514 If you've never heard of an
6515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6522 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6525 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6531 \begin_inset Index idx
6534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6543 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6550 \begin_layout Standard
6555 environment is used to list references.
6556 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6557 only use it at the end of the document.
6562 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6565 \begin_layout Standard
6566 When you first open a
6570 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6586 depending on the document class.
6587 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6588 Each paragraph of the
6592 environment is a bibliography entry.
6597 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6598 Each new paragraph is still in the
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6607 by using a BibTeX database.
6608 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6609 phy handling, have a look at in section
6610 \begin_inset space ~
6614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6616 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6623 \begin_layout Subsection
6627 \begin_inset Index idx
6630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6631 Paragraph ! LyX code
6637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6646 \begin_layout Standard
6651 environment is another LyX extension.
6652 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6657 key as a fixed whitespace;
6661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6673 \begin_inset space ~
6678 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6683 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6684 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6687 arg "newline-insert newline"
6704 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6705 So, when you finish using the
6709 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6710 Also, you can nest the
6714 environment inside of others.
6717 \begin_layout Standard
6718 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6725 arg "newline-insert newline"
6728 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6733 \begin_inset space \space{}
6743 arg "newline-insert newline"
6749 \begin_layout Itemize
6753 arg "newline-insert newline"
6764 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6776 \begin_layout Itemize
6780 arg "space-insert protected"
6787 \begin_layout Itemize
6788 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6789 You must put at least one
6793 in any line you want blank.
6794 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6797 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6802 since that will insert
6807 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6810 arg "self-insert \""
6816 \begin_layout Standard
6820 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6824 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6828 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6832 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6836 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6837 printf("Hello World!
6842 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6846 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6850 \begin_layout Standard
6851 This is just the standard
6852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6863 \begin_layout Standard
6868 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6869 rc-files, and so on.
6870 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6871 as if you used a typewriter.
6872 \begin_inset Index idx
6875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6876 Paragraph environments|)
6884 \begin_layout Section
6885 Nesting Environments
6886 \begin_inset Index idx
6889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6890 Nesting ! Environments
6896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6905 \begin_layout Subsection
6909 \begin_layout Standard
6910 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6912 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6914 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6916 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 \begin_layout Enumerate
6932 \begin_layout Enumerate
6937 \begin_layout Enumerate
6941 \begin_layout Enumerate
6946 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Standard
6951 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6952 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6955 \begin_inset space ~
6959 \begin_inset space ~
6967 \begin_inset space ~
6971 \begin_inset space ~
6980 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6981 will tell you how far you are nested).
6982 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6983 \begin_inset Graphics
6984 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6989 \begin_inset Graphics
6990 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6994 or the convenient key bindings
7005 arg "depth-increment"
7011 arg "depth-decrement"
7014 to change the nesting level.
7015 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7016 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7020 \begin_layout Standard
7021 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7022 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7023 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7024 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7027 \begin_layout Standard
7028 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7029 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7031 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7034 \begin_layout Subsection
7035 What You Can and Can't Nest
7038 \begin_layout Standard
7039 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7040 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7043 \begin_layout Standard
7044 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7045 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7046 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7049 \begin_layout Itemize
7050 Completely unnestable
7053 \begin_layout Itemize
7054 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7059 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7063 \begin_layout Standard
7064 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7065 environments have them:
7068 \begin_layout Description
7069 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7070 Can't nest into them.
7074 \begin_layout Itemize
7080 \begin_layout Itemize
7086 \begin_layout Itemize
7092 \begin_layout Itemize
7098 \begin_layout Itemize
7105 \begin_layout Description
7107 \begin_inset space ~
7110 Nestable You can nest them.
7111 You can nest other things into them.
7115 \begin_layout Itemize
7121 \begin_layout Itemize
7127 \begin_layout Itemize
7133 \begin_layout Itemize
7139 \begin_layout Itemize
7145 \begin_layout Itemize
7151 \begin_layout Itemize
7157 \begin_layout Itemize
7164 \begin_layout Description
7165 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7166 You can't nest anything into them.
7170 \begin_layout Itemize
7176 \begin_layout Itemize
7182 \begin_layout Itemize
7188 \begin_layout Itemize
7194 \begin_layout Itemize
7200 \begin_layout Itemize
7206 \begin_layout Itemize
7212 \begin_layout Itemize
7218 \begin_layout Itemize
7224 \begin_layout Itemize
7230 \begin_layout Itemize
7236 \begin_layout Itemize
7242 \begin_layout Itemize
7248 \begin_layout Itemize
7252 \begin_inset space ~
7258 \begin_layout Itemize
7265 \begin_layout Standard
7266 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7274 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7283 \begin_inset space ~
7287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7291 \begin_inset space \space{}
7294 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7295 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7296 section headings violate this.
7304 \begin_layout Subsection
7305 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7306 \begin_inset Index idx
7309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7310 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7318 \begin_layout Standard
7319 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7320 affected by nesting anyhow.
7324 \begin_layout Itemize
7328 \begin_layout Itemize
7332 \begin_layout Itemize
7336 \begin_layout Standard
7338 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7346 Figures and tables in
7350 are not affected by this.
7355 Have a look at section
7356 \begin_inset space ~
7360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7362 reference "sec:Floats"
7366 for more information about
7373 \begin_layout Standard
7374 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7375 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7379 \begin_layout Standard
7380 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7388 of its own, it behaves just like a
7389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7396 paragraph environment.
7397 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7402 Here's an example with a table:
7405 \begin_layout Enumerate
7410 \begin_layout Enumerate
7411 This is (a) and it's nested.
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7416 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7422 \begin_layout Standard
7424 \begin_inset Tabular
7425 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7426 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7427 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7428 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7512 \begin_layout Standard
7513 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7520 \begin_layout Enumerate
7522 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7526 \begin_layout Enumerate
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7531 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7534 \begin_layout Enumerate
7539 \begin_layout Enumerate
7540 This is (a) and it's nested.
7544 \begin_layout Standard
7545 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7551 \begin_layout Standard
7553 \begin_inset Tabular
7554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7555 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7641 \begin_layout Standard
7642 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7648 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7658 \begin_layout Enumerate
7662 \begin_layout Standard
7663 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7668 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7670 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7673 \begin_layout Enumerate
7678 \begin_layout Enumerate
7679 This is (a) and it's nested.
7682 \begin_layout Standard
7683 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7689 \begin_layout Standard
7691 \begin_inset Tabular
7692 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7693 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 \begin_layout Standard
7780 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7786 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7796 \begin_layout Enumerate
7800 \begin_layout Standard
7801 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7807 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7808 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7812 \begin_layout Subsection
7813 Usage and General Features
7816 \begin_layout Standard
7817 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7826 is the innermost possible depth.
7827 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7830 \begin_layout Enumerate
7831 level #1 – outermost
7835 \begin_layout Enumerate
7840 \begin_layout Enumerate
7845 \begin_layout Enumerate
7850 \begin_layout Itemize
7855 \begin_layout Itemize
7864 \begin_layout Standard
7865 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7866 both of them in the example.
7867 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7877 For example, if we tried to nest another
7882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7889 , we would get errors.
7892 \begin_layout Subsection
7894 \begin_inset Index idx
7897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7906 \begin_layout Standard
7907 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7908 We have several examples of nested environments.
7909 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7913 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7914 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7917 \begin_layout Labeling
7918 \labelwidthstring MMM
7919 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7928 \begin_layout Labeling
7929 \labelwidthstring MMM
7930 #2-a This is level #2.
7931 We created it by using
7934 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7940 arg "depth-increment"
7947 \begin_layout Labeling
7948 \labelwidthstring MMM
7949 #3-a This is level #3.
7950 This time, we just hit
7957 arg "depth-increment"
7961 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7965 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7971 arg "depth-increment"
7978 \begin_layout Standard
7983 environment, nested inside of
7984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7992 So, it's at level #4.
7993 We did this by hitting
7996 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8002 arg "depth-increment"
8005 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8010 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8026 \begin_layout Standard
8031 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8034 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8040 \begin_layout Labeling
8041 \labelwidthstring MMM
8042 #4-a This is level #4.
8046 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8049 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8054 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8058 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8063 keep nesting things inside
8064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8075 \begin_layout Labeling
8076 \labelwidthstring MMM
8077 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8082 \begin_layout Labeling
8083 \labelwidthstring MMM
8084 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8085 and this is level #6.
8086 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8090 \begin_layout Labeling
8091 \labelwidthstring MMM
8092 #5-b Back to level #5.
8096 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8102 arg "depth-decrement"
8109 \begin_layout Labeling
8110 \labelwidthstring MMM
8114 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8120 arg "depth-decrement"
8123 , we're back at level #4.
8127 \begin_layout Labeling
8128 \labelwidthstring MMM
8129 #3-b Back to level #3.
8130 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8134 \begin_layout Labeling
8135 \labelwidthstring MMM
8136 #2-b Back to level #2.
8141 \begin_layout Labeling
8142 \labelwidthstring MMM
8143 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8144 After this sentence, we'll hit
8148 and change the paragraph environment back to
8155 \begin_layout Standard
8156 We could have also used the
8172 environment in place of the
8177 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8180 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8181 Example 2: Inheritance
8184 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8185 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8188 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8197 arg "depth-increment"
8200 , after which, we'll change to the
8208 \begin_layout Enumerate
8213 environment, at level #2.
8216 \begin_layout Enumerate
8217 Notice how the nested
8221 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8225 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8229 \begin_layout Standard
8230 We ended this example by hitting
8235 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8239 and reset the nesting depth by using
8242 arg "depth-decrement"
8248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8249 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8258 \begin_inset Argument
8261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8262 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8270 \begin_layout Enumerate
8271 This is level #1, in an
8275 paragraph environment.
8276 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8280 \begin_layout Enumerate
8285 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8291 arg "depth-increment"
8295 Now, what happens if we nest an
8299 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8300 label be? An asterisk?
8304 \begin_layout Itemize
8314 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8315 So, its label is a bullet.
8316 (We got here by using
8319 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8325 arg "depth-increment"
8328 , then changing the environment to
8336 \begin_layout Itemize
8337 Here's level #4, produced using
8340 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8346 arg "depth-increment"
8350 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8355 \begin_layout Enumerate
8356 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8358 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8363 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8367 , because we are in the
8376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8395 \begin_layout Enumerate
8400 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8401 type of numbering does LyX use?
8404 \begin_layout Enumerate
8405 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8408 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8411 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8414 \begin_layout Enumerate
8418 arg "depth-decrement"
8421 to decrease the depth after the next
8424 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8431 \begin_layout Enumerate
8433 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8437 \begin_layout Enumerate
8439 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8440 numeral as the label.Why?
8443 \begin_layout Enumerate
8444 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8453 Notice, however, that LyX
8457 reset the counter for the label.
8461 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8471 arg "depth-decrement"
8474 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8475 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8476 into the twofold-nested
8484 \begin_layout Enumerate
8485 The same thing happens if we do another
8488 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8494 arg "depth-decrement"
8497 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8500 \begin_layout Standard
8501 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8506 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8520 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8526 The same rule applies for the
8530 environment, as well.
8533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8534 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8537 \begin_layout Enumerate
8538 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8539 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8540 same detail with how we did it.
8549 \begin_layout Standard
8557 arg "depth-increment"
8564 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8565 example in parentheses someplace.
8566 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8567 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8568 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8572 \begin_layout Enumerate
8577 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8582 Now we'll add verse.
8583 \begin_inset Newline newline
8586 It will get much worse.
8587 \begin_inset Newline newline
8597 arg "depth-increment"
8608 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8609 \begin_inset Newline newline
8612 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8613 \begin_inset Newline newline
8619 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8632 \begin_layout Standard
8633 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8639 \begin_layout Standard
8641 \begin_inset Tabular
8642 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8643 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8644 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8645 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8734 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8744 arg "depth-increment"
8750 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8760 arg "depth-decrement"
8767 \begin_layout Enumerate
8772 : level #1) This is another item.
8773 Note that selecting a
8777 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8778 3 times to put the table inside the
8786 \begin_layout Quotation
8787 We're now ending the
8791 list and changing to
8796 We're still at level #1.
8797 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8798 The next set of paragraphs is a
8799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8813 \begin_inset space ~
8818 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8822 for the letter body.
8826 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8829 to preserve the depth.
8830 Remember that you need to use
8833 arg "newline-insert newline"
8836 to create multiple lines inside the
8843 \begin_inset space ~
8853 \begin_layout Right Address
8855 \begin_inset Newline newline
8858 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8859 \begin_inset Newline newline
8865 \begin_layout Address
8867 \begin_inset space ~
8873 \begin_layout Quotation
8874 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8875 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8878 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8879 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8880 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8881 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8882 as soon as possible.
8883 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8886 \begin_layout Quotation
8887 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8888 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8889 with your order, along with payment.
8892 \begin_layout Quotation
8893 We thank you again for your patience.
8896 \begin_layout Address
8898 \begin_inset Newline newline
8905 \begin_layout Quotation
8906 That ends that example!
8909 \begin_layout Standard
8910 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8911 just a few keystrokes.
8912 We could have easily nested an
8933 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8936 \begin_layout Section
8937 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8938 \begin_inset Index idx
8941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8950 \begin_layout Standard
8951 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8952 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8953 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8954 be broken at the end of a line.
8955 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8959 \begin_layout Subsection
8961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8963 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8968 \begin_inset Index idx
8971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 \begin_layout Standard
8981 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8983 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8987 Further documentation is given in section
8988 \begin_inset Newline newline
8992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8994 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9002 \begin_layout Standard
9003 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9018 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9027 A protected space is set with
9029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9030 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9034 \begin_inset space ~
9044 arg "space-insert protected"
9050 \begin_layout Subsection
9052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9054 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9059 \begin_inset Index idx
9062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9063 Spacing ! Horizontal
9071 \begin_layout Standard
9072 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9075 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9079 The length units are listed in Appendix
9080 \begin_inset space ~
9084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9086 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9093 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9097 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9102 \begin_inset Index idx
9105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9114 \begin_layout Standard
9116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9120 \begin_inset space \space{}
9123 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9124 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9125 \begin_inset space ~
9129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9131 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9136 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9137 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9140 arg "space-insert normal"
9146 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9150 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9155 \begin_inset Index idx
9158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9167 \begin_layout Standard
9169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9176 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9185 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9186 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9187 inside abbreviations:
9192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9196 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9200 or between values and units.
9201 Compare for example this:
9202 \begin_inset Newline newline
9206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9210 \begin_inset Newline newline
9216 \begin_layout Standard
9217 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9220 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9222 \begin_inset space ~
9230 arg "space-insert thin"
9236 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9240 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9248 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9251 \begin_layout Description
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9257 \begin_inset space ~
9261 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9265 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9269 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9272 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9275 \begin_layout Description
9277 \begin_inset space ~
9281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9285 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9289 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9293 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9300 em) space between the arrows.
9303 \begin_layout Description
9305 \begin_inset space ~
9309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9313 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9317 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9321 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9325 \begin_inset space ~
9329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9332 em) space between the arrows.
9335 \begin_layout Description
9337 \begin_inset space ~
9341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9345 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9349 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9353 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9357 \begin_inset space ~
9361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9364 em) space between the arrows.
9367 \begin_layout Description
9369 \begin_inset space ~
9373 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9377 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9382 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9389 cm space between the arrows.
9392 \begin_layout Standard
9394 \begin_inset space ~
9398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9400 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9404 lists the different space sizes.
9407 \begin_layout Standard
9408 \begin_inset Float table
9413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9415 \begin_inset Caption
9417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9420 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9424 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9434 \begin_inset Tabular
9435 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9436 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9437 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9438 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9655 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9661 \begin_inset Index idx
9664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9673 \begin_layout Standard
9674 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9675 in a uniform fashion.
9676 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9677 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9678 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9679 equally between themselves.
9683 \begin_layout Standard
9684 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9689 This is on the left side
9690 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9693 This is on the right
9699 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9703 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9712 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9716 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9720 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9726 \begin_layout Standard
9727 That was an example in the
9733 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9737 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9741 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9744 is one in a standard paragraph.
9745 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9749 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9752 \begin_layout Standard
9753 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9756 \begin_inset space ~
9761 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9764 \begin_layout Standard
9766 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9770 \begin_inset space ~
9776 \begin_layout Standard
9778 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9782 \begin_inset space ~
9788 \begin_layout Standard
9790 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9794 \begin_inset space ~
9800 \begin_layout Standard
9802 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9806 \begin_inset space ~
9812 \begin_layout Standard
9814 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9818 \begin_inset space ~
9824 \begin_layout Standard
9826 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9830 \begin_inset space ~
9836 \begin_layout Standard
9837 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9845 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9849 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9850 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9851 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9855 option in the space dialog.
9863 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9865 \begin_inset Index idx
9868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9878 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9884 \begin_inset space \space{}
9887 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9890 \begin_layout Standard
9891 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9894 What is correct English?:
9895 \begin_inset Newline newline
9899 \begin_inset Newline newline
9903 \begin_inset space ~
9906 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9907 \begin_inset Newline newline
9911 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9922 \begin_inset Newline newline
9926 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9937 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9943 \begin_layout Standard
9944 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9949 \begin_inset space ~
9953 \begin_inset space ~
9957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9961 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
9963 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9964 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9968 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
9970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9974 \begin_inset space ~
9978 \begin_inset space ~
9982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9985 into the phantom inset (note the space after
9986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9994 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
9995 That is why it is named
9996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10004 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10005 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10009 \begin_layout Subsection
10011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10013 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10018 \begin_inset Index idx
10021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10030 \begin_layout Standard
10031 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10033 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10034 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10036 \begin_inset space ~
10042 There you find the following sizes:
10045 \begin_layout Standard
10058 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10063 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10065 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10069 \begin_inset Index idx
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10073 Document ! Settings
10078 for the paragraph separation.
10079 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10090 \begin_layout Standard
10096 \begin_inset Index idx
10099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10105 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10106 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10108 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10109 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10118 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10127 s are described in section
10128 \begin_inset space ~
10132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10134 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10143 If there are several
10147 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10148 You can therefore use
10152 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10155 \begin_layout Standard
10160 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10161 \begin_inset space ~
10165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10167 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10174 \begin_layout Standard
10175 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10186 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10198 \begin_layout Subsection
10199 Paragraph Alignment
10202 \begin_layout Standard
10203 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10205 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10209 There are five possibilities:
10212 \begin_layout Itemize
10220 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10226 \begin_layout Itemize
10234 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10240 \begin_layout Itemize
10248 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10254 \begin_layout Itemize
10262 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10268 \begin_layout Itemize
10276 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10282 \begin_layout Standard
10283 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10284 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10285 the left and right margins.
10286 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10289 \begin_layout Standard
10291 This paragraph is right aligned,
10294 \begin_layout Standard
10296 this one is centered,
10299 \begin_layout Standard
10301 this one is left aligned.
10304 \begin_layout Subsection
10306 \begin_inset Index idx
10309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10310 Page breaks ! Forced
10316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10318 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10326 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10327 can force a page break where you want one.
10328 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10329 Only if you use a lot of
10333 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10336 \begin_layout Standard
10337 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10338 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10342 have to change the page breaking.
10345 \begin_layout Standard
10346 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10348 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10351 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10353 \begin_inset space ~
10359 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10362 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10364 \begin_inset space ~
10369 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10371 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10372 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10375 \begin_layout Standard
10376 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10377 at the top of a page.
10378 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10379 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10380 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10381 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10385 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10389 to learn more about
10396 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10400 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10405 \begin_inset Index idx
10408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10409 Page breaks ! Clear
10417 \begin_layout Standard
10418 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10419 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10420 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10421 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10422 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10425 \begin_layout Standard
10426 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10429 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10431 \begin_inset space ~
10437 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10440 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10442 \begin_inset space ~
10446 \begin_inset space ~
10451 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10452 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10455 \begin_layout Subsection
10457 \begin_inset Index idx
10460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10469 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10476 \begin_layout Standard
10477 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10479 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10482 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10484 \begin_inset space ~
10488 \begin_inset space ~
10496 arg "newline-insert newline"
10500 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10503 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10505 \begin_inset space ~
10509 \begin_inset space ~
10514 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10516 This is necessary to avoid
10517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10524 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10527 \begin_layout Standard
10528 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10529 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10530 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10531 set a line break, e.
10532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10536 \begin_inset space \space{}
10539 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10540 \begin_inset space ~
10544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10546 reference "sec:Quote"
10551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10553 reference "sec:Verse"
10558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10560 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10567 \begin_layout Subsection
10569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10571 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10576 \begin_inset Index idx
10579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10588 \begin_layout Standard
10590 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10605 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10607 \begin_inset space ~
10612 you can insert horizontal lines.
10613 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10614 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10617 \begin_layout Standard
10619 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10630 \begin_layout Standard
10634 \begin_layout Section
10635 Characters and Symbols
10638 \begin_layout Standard
10639 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10640 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10645 \begin_inset space \space{}
10648 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10656 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10660 for information on how this is done.
10663 \begin_layout Standard
10664 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10669 dialog via the menu
10671 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10672 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10678 \begin_layout Standard
10679 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10687 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10688 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10689 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10697 \begin_layout Section
10698 Fonts and Text Styles
10699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10701 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10708 \begin_layout Subsection
10710 \begin_inset Index idx
10713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10722 \begin_layout Standard
10723 There are two types of fonts:
10726 \begin_layout Description
10728 \begin_inset space ~
10732 \begin_inset Index idx
10735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10741 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10746 characters) in the font.
10747 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10748 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10749 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10750 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10751 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10752 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10753 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10754 \begin_inset Newline newline
10757 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10758 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10759 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10760 sizes than at small ones.
10761 \begin_inset Newline newline
10775 \begin_inset space ~
10783 \begin_layout Description
10785 \begin_inset space ~
10789 \begin_inset Index idx
10792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10798 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10799 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10800 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10801 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10802 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10803 picture manipulation program.
10804 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10805 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10806 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10807 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10808 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10810 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10811 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10812 \begin_inset Newline newline
10815 Bitmap fonts are named
10818 \begin_inset space ~
10823 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10826 \begin_layout Standard
10827 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10828 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10829 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10830 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10831 use scalable fonts.
10834 \begin_layout Standard
10835 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10836 its document properties.
10839 \begin_layout Standard
10840 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10841 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10842 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10843 font to emphasize text, you use an
10844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10852 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10853 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10857 \begin_layout Subsection
10858 Document Font and Font size
10859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10861 name "sub:Document-Font"
10866 \begin_inset Index idx
10869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10876 \begin_inset Index idx
10879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10888 \begin_layout Standard
10889 You can set the document fonts in the
10891 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10895 \begin_inset Index idx
10898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10899 Document ! Settings
10905 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10906 font shapes roman (serif),
10909 \begin_inset space ~
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10922 The possible options for the font include
10926 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10931 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10953 European Computer Modern
10956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10966 \begin_layout Standard
10975 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
10976 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10981 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10984 \begin_inset space ~
10989 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10995 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10996 There are three ways to use one:
10999 \begin_layout Itemize
11000 One way is to use the
11010 Virtual means that it
11011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11022 -glyphs from other fonts.
11023 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11045 Loading the LaTeX-package
11050 \begin_inset Index idx
11053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11054 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11059 with the document preamble line
11060 \begin_inset Newline newline
11067 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11068 \begin_inset Newline newline
11073 will fix the guillemet problem.
11078 and that accented characters are not
11082 glyph, they are build of
11086 characters, the accent and the letter.
11087 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11091 fonts for words with accented characters.
11092 If you search for example for the French word
11093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11100 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11109 and not for the glyph
11110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11114 \begin_inset space ~
11118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11124 \begin_layout Itemize
11125 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11138 , consist of these three main font types
11141 \begin_inset space ~
11170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11174 \begin_inset space ~
11181 as typewriter font.
11182 \begin_inset Newline newline
11185 The differences between roman,
11188 \begin_inset space ~
11197 fonts are explained in section
11198 \begin_inset space ~
11202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11204 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11209 \begin_inset Newline newline
11216 was originally designed for newspapers.
11217 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11218 into the small newspaper columns.
11223 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11226 \begin_layout Itemize
11227 The best solution is to use the
11236 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11240 as the default font.
11241 In most cases they look the same as
11249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11250 One difference is improved kerning for the
11263 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11274 \begin_layout Standard
11275 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11278 For the font size there are four possible values:
11295 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11298 \begin_layout Standard
11299 The font sizes are the
11304 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11305 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11306 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11309 \begin_inset space ~
11315 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11316 \begin_inset space ~
11320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11322 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11329 \begin_layout Standard
11334 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11335 a font to display the script characters.
11339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11340 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11345 So this has no effect for the document language
11361 \begin_layout Standard
11362 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11366 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11374 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11378 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11379 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11380 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11382 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11385 dialog, see section
11386 \begin_inset space ~
11390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11392 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11404 \begin_layout Subsection
11405 Using Different Character Styles
11406 \begin_inset Index idx
11409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11416 \begin_inset Index idx
11419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11428 \begin_layout Standard
11429 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11430 certain paragraph environments.
11431 LyX supports two character styles,
11440 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11444 \begin_layout Standard
11449 style, do one of the following:
11452 \begin_layout Itemize
11453 click on the toolbar button
11454 \begin_inset Graphics
11455 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11462 \begin_layout Itemize
11463 use the key binding
11472 \begin_layout Standard
11473 These commands are all toggles.
11478 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11481 \begin_layout Standard
11482 One typically uses the
11486 style for proper names.
11488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11495 is the original author of LyX.
11496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11502 \begin_layout Standard
11503 A more widely used character style is the
11508 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11515 \begin_layout Itemize
11516 clicking on the toolbar button
11517 \begin_inset Graphics
11518 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11525 \begin_layout Itemize
11526 using the keybindings
11535 \begin_layout Standard
11540 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11541 es use a different font.
11544 \begin_layout Standard
11545 We've been using the
11549 style all over the place in this document.
11550 Here's one more example:
11553 \begin_layout Quotation
11556 Don't overuse character styles!
11559 \begin_layout Standard
11560 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11561 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11562 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11563 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11567 \begin_layout Standard
11568 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11576 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11578 \begin_inset space ~
11586 \begin_layout Subsection
11587 Fine-Tuning with the
11592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11594 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11599 \begin_inset Index idx
11602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11611 \begin_layout Standard
11612 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11613 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11614 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11615 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11616 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11617 from ordinary dialog.
11620 \begin_layout Standard
11621 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11622 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11623 \begin_inset Newline newline
11626 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11627 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11630 \begin_layout Standard
11631 To use custom character styles, open the
11633 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11635 \begin_inset space ~
11641 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11642 font property which you can choose.
11643 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11646 \begin_inset space ~
11651 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11656 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11657 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11658 environments in a snap.
11661 \begin_layout Standard
11662 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11665 \begin_inset space ~
11677 \begin_layout Labeling
11678 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11692 The possible options are:
11696 \begin_layout Labeling
11697 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11702 This is the Roman font family.
11703 Normally a serif font.
11704 It's also the default family.
11714 \begin_layout Labeling
11715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11719 \begin_inset space ~
11726 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11738 \begin_layout Labeling
11739 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11746 This is the Typewriter font family.
11752 arg "font-typewriter"
11761 \begin_layout Labeling
11762 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11767 This corresponds to the print weight.
11772 \begin_layout Labeling
11773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11778 This is the Medium font series.
11779 It's also the default series.
11782 \begin_layout Labeling
11783 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11790 This is the Bold font series.
11803 \begin_layout Labeling
11804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11809 As the name implies.
11814 \begin_layout Labeling
11815 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11820 This is the Upright font shape.
11821 It's also the default shape.
11824 \begin_layout Labeling
11825 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11839 s the Italic font shape
11845 \begin_layout Labeling
11846 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11853 This is the Slanted font shape
11855 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11858 \begin_layout Labeling
11859 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11863 \begin_inset space ~
11870 This is the Small caps font shape
11877 \begin_layout Labeling
11878 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11883 Alters the size of the font.
11884 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11885 nal to the document font size.
11886 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11887 what you want to do.
11892 \begin_layout Labeling
11893 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11914 arg "font-size tiny"
11920 \begin_layout Labeling
11921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11942 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11948 \begin_layout Labeling
11949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11970 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11976 \begin_layout Labeling
11977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11998 arg "font-size small"
12004 \begin_layout Labeling
12005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12019 It's also the default size.
12023 arg "font-size normal"
12029 \begin_layout Labeling
12030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12051 arg "font-size large"
12057 \begin_layout Labeling
12058 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12079 arg "font-size larger"
12085 \begin_layout Labeling
12086 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12107 arg "font-size largest"
12113 \begin_layout Labeling
12114 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12135 arg "font-size huge"
12141 \begin_layout Labeling
12142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12163 arg "font-size giant"
12170 \begin_layout Standard
12175 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12176 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12177 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12178 — use that instead.
12179 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12182 \begin_layout Labeling
12183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12188 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12193 \begin_layout Labeling
12194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12201 This is text with emphasize on
12204 This might seem like the same as
12208 , but it is actually a bit different.
12214 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12216 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12219 \begin_layout Labeling
12220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12227 This is text with Underbar on.
12233 arg "font-underline"
12239 \begin_inset Newline newline
12244 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12245 when you couldn't change fonts.
12246 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12247 It's only included in LyX because some people
12251 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12254 \begin_layout Labeling
12255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12262 This is text with Noun on.
12269 , this is a logical attribute.
12270 Normally it's equivalent to
12273 \begin_inset space ~
12282 \begin_layout Labeling
12283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12288 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12289 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12293 \begin_inset space ~
12298 , which is the default
12299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12306 and means normally black, you can choose between
12339 \begin_inset Index idx
12342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12351 \begin_layout Labeling
12352 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12357 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12358 the language of the document.
12359 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12363 \begin_layout Standard
12364 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12365 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12367 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12369 \begin_inset space ~
12374 dialog, the settings are saved.
12375 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12376 \begin_inset Graphics
12377 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12382 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12383 when the dialog isn't visible.
12387 \begin_layout Standard
12388 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12395 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12396 (suppose you just set the shape to
12397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12415 \begin_inset space ~
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12428 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12436 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_layout Itemize
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12461 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12479 \begin_inset Newline newline
12483 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12497 \begin_inset Note Note
12500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12501 For more on phantoms see section
12502 \begin_inset space ~
12506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12508 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12518 \begin_inset Newline newline
12524 \begin_layout Itemize
12529 fonts use characters with serifs.
12530 These are the small
12531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12538 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12539 The following example will show the difference:
12540 \begin_inset Newline newline
12544 \begin_inset Newline newline
12549 text without serifs
12552 \begin_inset Newline newline
12555 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12556 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12563 \begin_layout Itemize
12569 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12570 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12573 \begin_layout Standard
12574 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12575 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12578 \begin_layout Section
12579 Printing and Previewing
12582 \begin_layout Subsection
12586 \begin_layout Standard
12587 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12588 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12589 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12590 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12591 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12593 Additional Features
12598 \begin_layout Standard
12599 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12600 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12601 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12602 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12603 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12604 This happens in two stages:
12607 \begin_layout Enumerate
12608 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12609 generating a file with the extension,
12610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12624 \begin_layout Enumerate
12625 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12629 file to produce printable output.
12633 \begin_layout Subsection
12634 Output file formats
12635 \begin_inset Index idx
12638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12647 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12654 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12656 \begin_inset Index idx
12659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12660 File formats ! ASCII
12668 \begin_layout Standard
12669 This file type has the extension
12670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12682 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12686 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12693 \begin_layout Standard
12694 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12697 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12705 \begin_inset Index idx
12708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12709 File formats ! LaTeX
12717 \begin_layout Standard
12718 This file type has the extension
12719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12730 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12732 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12733 it manually with console commands.
12734 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12735 you view or export your document.
12738 \begin_layout Standard
12739 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12741 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12742 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12759 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12761 \begin_inset Index idx
12764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12773 \begin_layout Standard
12774 This file type has the extension
12775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12795 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12796 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12797 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12803 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12804 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12805 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12807 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12811 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12813 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12814 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12822 \begin_inset Index idx
12825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12826 File formats ! PostScript
12834 \begin_layout Standard
12835 This file type has the extension
12836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12848 PostScript was developed by the company
12852 as a printer language.
12853 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12855 PostScript can be seen as a
12856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12859 programming language
12860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12868 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12874 \begin_inset Index idx
12877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12878 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12888 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12891 \begin_layout Standard
12892 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12896 Encapsulated PostScript
12897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12900 (EPS, file extension
12901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12913 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12914 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12919 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12923 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12924 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12925 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12926 EPS to avoid this problem.
12929 \begin_layout Standard
12930 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12932 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12933 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12939 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12941 \begin_inset Index idx
12944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12951 \begin_inset Index idx
12954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12963 \begin_layout Standard
12964 This file type has the extension
12965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12981 Portable Document Format
12982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12989 was derived from PostScript.
12990 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12999 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13000 looks exactly the same.
13003 \begin_layout Standard
13004 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13008 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13012 (JPG, file extension
13013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13040 Portable Network Graphics
13041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13044 (PNG, file extension
13045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13057 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13058 in the background to one of these formats.
13059 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13060 will slow down your workflow.
13061 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13064 \begin_layout Standard
13065 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13067 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13070 in three different ways:
13073 \begin_layout Description
13074 PDF This uses the program
13078 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13079 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13083 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13084 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13087 \begin_layout Description
13089 \begin_inset space ~
13092 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13096 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13100 \begin_layout Description
13102 \begin_inset space ~
13105 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13109 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13112 \begin_layout Standard
13113 We recommend to use
13116 \begin_inset space ~
13125 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13126 works without problems.
13131 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13134 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13136 \begin_inset Index idx
13139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13140 FileFormats ! XHTML
13146 \begin_inset Index idx
13149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13158 \begin_layout Standard
13159 This file type has the extension
13160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13172 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13173 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13174 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13175 suitable for the purpose.
13176 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13177 it, but not all do.
13180 \begin_layout Standard
13181 XHTML output remains
13182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13189 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13194 LyX and the World Wide Web
13195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13200 Additional Features
13202 manual, for more information.
13205 \begin_layout Standard
13206 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13208 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13209 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13215 \begin_layout Subsection
13217 \begin_inset Index idx
13220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13229 \begin_layout Standard
13230 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13231 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13235 and choose a file type.
13236 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13239 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13242 you can use the toolbar button
13243 \begin_inset Graphics
13244 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13251 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13256 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13258 \begin_inset space ~
13264 \begin_inset Graphics
13265 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13271 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13275 \begin_inset Graphics
13276 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13283 arg "buffer-view ps"
13289 \begin_layout Standard
13290 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13291 viewer window using the menu
13293 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13299 \begin_layout Standard
13300 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13302 To have a real output, export your document.
13305 \begin_layout Subsection
13306 Printing the File from within LyX
13307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13309 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13316 \begin_layout Standard
13317 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13318 it directly from within LyX.
13319 To print a file, select the menu
13321 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13324 or click on the toolbar button
13325 \begin_inset Graphics
13326 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13331 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13332 This file is then processed by the program
13336 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13341 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13344 \begin_layout Standard
13345 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13346 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13347 printing one set to print on the other side.
13348 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13349 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13350 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13353 \begin_layout Standard
13354 You can set the parameters in the
13357 \begin_inset space ~
13365 \begin_layout Labeling
13366 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13371 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13376 Note that this printer name is for the program
13385 has to be configured for this printer name.
13386 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13387 \begin_inset space ~
13391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13393 reference "sub:Printer"
13402 The printer should understand PostScript.
13405 \begin_layout Labeling
13406 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13411 The name of a file to print to.
13412 The output will be a PostScript file.
13413 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13417 \begin_layout Section
13418 A few Words about Typography
13419 \begin_inset Index idx
13422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13431 \begin_layout Subsection
13433 \begin_inset Index idx
13436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13445 \begin_layout Standard
13447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13458 character comes in four lengths: the
13470 , and the minus sign:
13471 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13477 \begin_layout Standard
13478 \begin_inset Tabular
13479 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13480 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13481 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13482 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13483 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13484 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13513 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13553 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13580 \begin_inset space ~
13583 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13590 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13617 \begin_inset space ~
13620 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13641 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13675 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13681 \begin_layout Standard
13682 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13694 character multiple times in a row.
13695 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13696 the final output, but not in LyX.
13698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13714 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13728 \begin_layout Standard
13729 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13730 math mode and has a length of its own.
13731 Here are some examples of the
13732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_layout Enumerate
13747 line- and page-breaks
13748 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13758 \begin_layout Enumerate
13760 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13770 \begin_layout Enumerate
13771 Oh — there's a dash.
13772 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13782 \begin_layout Enumerate
13783 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13787 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13797 \begin_layout Subsection
13799 \begin_inset Index idx
13802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13811 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13819 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13820 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13825 \begin_inset Index idx
13828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13829 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13834 following the rules of the document language
13838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13839 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13847 \begin_inset space ~
13851 \begin_inset space ~
13858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13869 \begin_layout Standard
13870 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13875 font and with unusual constructs, like
13876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13884 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13885 This is done with the menu
13887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13888 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13890 \begin_inset space ~
13896 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13897 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13900 \begin_layout Standard
13901 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13902 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13912 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13920 as hyphenation possibility.
13921 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13922 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13923 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13929 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13930 As LyX doesn't support
13936 , you have to use TeX Code.
13937 The result looks in LyX like:
13940 \begin_layout Standard
13941 \begin_inset Graphics
13942 filename clipart/mbox.png
13949 \begin_layout Standard
13950 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13951 \begin_inset space ~
13955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13957 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13964 \begin_layout Subsection
13966 \begin_inset Index idx
13969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13979 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13982 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13989 \begin_layout Standard
13990 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13991 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13992 LaTeX then adds the
13993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13996 appropriate amount of space
13997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14001 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14003 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14006 \begin_layout Standard
14007 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14008 not work in all cases.
14010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14021 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14022 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14025 \begin_layout Standard
14026 Here are some examples of
14030 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14033 \begin_layout Itemize
14038 \begin_layout Itemize
14043 \begin_layout Standard
14044 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14047 \begin_layout Itemize
14049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14053 this is too much space!
14056 \begin_layout Itemize
14061 \begin_layout Standard
14062 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14065 \begin_layout Standard
14066 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14069 \begin_layout Enumerate
14073 \begin_inset space ~
14078 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14079 \begin_inset space ~
14083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14085 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14090 \begin_inset Index idx
14093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 Spaces ! inter-word
14102 \begin_layout Enumerate
14106 \begin_inset space ~
14111 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14112 \begin_inset space ~
14116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14118 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14123 \begin_inset Index idx
14126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14135 \begin_layout Enumerate
14139 \begin_inset space ~
14143 \begin_inset space ~
14147 \begin_inset space ~
14154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14156 \begin_inset space ~
14161 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14162 This function is also bound to
14165 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14171 \begin_layout Standard
14172 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14175 \begin_layout Itemize
14177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14181 \begin_inset space \space{}
14184 this is too much space!
14187 \begin_layout Itemize
14188 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14192 \begin_layout Standard
14193 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14194 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14195 will take care of this.
14198 \begin_layout Standard
14199 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14203 \begin_inset space ~
14208 feature described in section
14214 Additional Features
14219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14221 \begin_inset Index idx
14224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14225 Typography ! Quotes
14231 \begin_inset Index idx
14234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14265 \begin_layout Standard
14266 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14267 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14268 and use a closing quote at the end.
14270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14278 The keyboard character,
14282 , generates this automatically.
14285 \begin_layout Standard
14286 You can change the behavior of the
14290 key using the submenu
14296 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14300 \begin_inset Index idx
14303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14304 Document ! Settings
14312 \begin_layout Standard
14313 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14318 There are six choices:
14321 \begin_layout Labeling
14322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14334 Use quotes like this
14335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14343 \begin_inset Quotes els
14347 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14353 \begin_layout Labeling
14354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14357 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14361 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14367 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14371 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14375 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14381 \begin_layout Labeling
14382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14385 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14389 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14395 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14399 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14403 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14407 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14413 \begin_layout Labeling
14414 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14417 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14421 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14427 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14431 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14435 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14439 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14445 \begin_layout Labeling
14446 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14449 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14453 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14459 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14463 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14467 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14471 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14477 \begin_layout Labeling
14478 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14481 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14485 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14491 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14495 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14499 \begin_inset Quotes als
14503 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14509 \begin_layout Standard
14510 These settings affect what character the
14517 \begin_layout Subsection
14519 \begin_inset Index idx
14522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14523 Typography ! Ligatures
14529 \begin_inset Index idx
14532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14563 name "sub:Ligatures"
14570 \begin_layout Standard
14571 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14572 print them as single characters.
14573 These groups are known as
14578 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14580 Here are the standard ligatures:
14583 \begin_layout Itemize
14587 \begin_layout Itemize
14591 \begin_layout Itemize
14595 \begin_layout Itemize
14599 \begin_layout Itemize
14603 \begin_layout Standard
14604 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14607 \begin_layout Standard
14608 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14609 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14617 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14633 To break a ligature, use
14635 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14636 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14638 \begin_inset space ~
14645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14656 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14673 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14681 \begin_layout Subsection
14683 \begin_inset Index idx
14686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14695 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14702 \begin_layout Standard
14703 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14704 characters in different sizes and heights.
14705 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14706 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14726 \begin_inset Note Note
14729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14730 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14738 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14739 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14744 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14748 \begin_layout Description
14749 LyX The name of the game, write
14750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14771 \begin_layout Description
14772 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14794 \begin_layout Description
14795 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14817 \begin_layout Description
14818 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14840 \begin_layout Standard
14841 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14846 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14854 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14855 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14856 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14859 : The actual version is
14860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14867 , the previous one was
14868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14878 \begin_layout Standard
14879 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14884 \begin_inset space \space{}
14887 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14889 This will look in LyX like:
14890 \begin_inset Graphics
14891 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14897 \begin_inset Newline newline
14900 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14901 \begin_inset space ~
14905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14907 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14914 \begin_layout Subsection
14916 \begin_inset Index idx
14919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 \begin_layout Standard
14929 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14930 space between two words.
14931 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14941 for units use the menu
14943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14944 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14946 \begin_inset space ~
14954 arg "space-insert thin"
14960 \begin_layout Standard
14961 Here's an example to show the differences:
14964 \begin_layout Standard
14965 \begin_inset Tabular
14966 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14967 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14968 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14969 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14976 \begin_inset space ~
14980 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14992 space between number and unit
14999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15008 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15020 half space between number and unit
15033 \begin_layout Subsection
15035 \begin_inset Index idx
15038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15039 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15048 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15050 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15051 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15052 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15053 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15054 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15055 These bits of text became known as
15066 \begin_layout Standard
15067 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15068 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15069 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15070 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15071 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15072 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15073 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15077 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15078 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15079 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15080 \begin_inset space ~
15084 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15086 key "latexcompanion"
15091 \begin_inset space ~
15095 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15101 ] may have more information.
15102 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15105 \begin_layout Chapter
15106 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15109 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15116 \begin_layout Standard
15117 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15122 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15125 \begin_layout Section
15127 \begin_inset Index idx
15130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15146 \begin_layout Standard
15147 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15150 \begin_layout Description
15152 \begin_inset space ~
15155 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15156 \begin_inset Newline newline
15160 \begin_inset Note Note
15163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15164 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15172 \begin_layout Description
15173 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15174 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15176 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15177 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15178 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15181 \begin_inset Newline newline
15185 \begin_inset Note Comment
15188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15189 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15197 \begin_layout Description
15199 \begin_inset space ~
15202 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15203 \begin_inset Newline newline
15207 \begin_inset Newline newline
15211 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15220 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15221 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15222 How this can be done is explained in the
15231 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15237 \begin_inset Newline newline
15241 \begin_inset Newline newline
15244 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15245 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15248 \begin_layout Standard
15249 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15250 \begin_inset Graphics
15251 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15253 scaleBeforeRotation
15259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15263 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15266 \begin_layout Section
15268 \begin_inset Index idx
15271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15280 name "sec:Footnotes"
15287 \begin_layout Standard
15288 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15294 or the toolbar button
15295 \begin_inset Graphics
15296 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15309 \begin_inset Graphics
15310 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15319 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15348 label, the box will
15352 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15353 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15366 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15382 \begin_layout Standard
15383 Here's an example footnote:
15391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15392 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15400 \begin_layout Standard
15401 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15402 position where the footnote box is placed.
15403 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15404 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15405 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15406 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15407 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15412 ey are described in the
15419 \begin_layout Section
15421 \begin_inset Index idx
15424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15433 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15440 \begin_layout Standard
15441 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15442 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15446 \begin_inset space ~
15451 or the toolbar button
15452 \begin_inset Graphics
15453 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15480 appearing within your text.
15481 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15491 At the side is an example marginal note.
15495 \begin_inset Marginal
15498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15499 This is a marginal note.
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15508 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15509 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15510 pages, right on odd pages.
15513 \begin_layout Section
15514 Graphics and Images
15515 \begin_inset Index idx
15518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15525 \begin_inset Index idx
15528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15537 name "sec:Graphics"
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15545 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15546 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15547 \begin_inset Graphics
15548 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15558 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15562 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15567 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15568 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15570 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15571 \begin_inset space ~
15575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15577 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15584 \begin_layout Standard
15589 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15590 of the image in the output.
15591 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15595 \begin_inset space ~
15599 \begin_inset space ~
15608 \begin_inset space ~
15612 \begin_inset space ~
15616 \begin_inset space ~
15621 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15622 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15630 \begin_layout Standard
15633 LaTeX and LyX options
15635 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15636 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15640 \begin_inset space ~
15645 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15646 with the image size is printed.
15650 \begin_inset space ~
15654 \begin_inset space ~
15658 \begin_inset space ~
15663 is explained in the
15674 \begin_layout Standard
15675 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15676 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15678 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15682 \begin_layout Standard
15684 \begin_inset Graphics
15685 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15687 rotateOrigin center
15694 \begin_layout Standard
15695 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15696 the image into a float, see section
15697 \begin_inset space ~
15701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15703 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15710 \begin_layout Subsection
15712 \begin_inset Index idx
15715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15724 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15731 \begin_layout Standard
15732 You can insert images in any known file format.
15733 But as we explained in section
15734 \begin_inset space ~
15738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15740 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15744 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15745 LyX uses therefore the program
15749 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15750 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15751 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15752 \begin_inset space ~
15756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15758 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15765 \begin_layout Standard
15766 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15769 \begin_layout Description
15771 \begin_inset space ~
15774 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15775 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15776 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15780 Graphics Interchange Format
15781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15784 (GIF, file extension
15785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15797 \begin_inset Index idx
15800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15832 Portable Network Graphics
15833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15836 (PNG, file extension
15837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15849 \begin_inset Index idx
15852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15884 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15888 (JPG, file extension
15889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15913 \begin_inset Index idx
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15947 \begin_layout Description
15949 \begin_inset space ~
15952 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15954 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15955 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15956 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15957 \begin_inset Newline newline
15960 Scalable image formats can be
15961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15964 Scalable Vector Graphics
15965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15968 (SVG, file extension
15969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15981 \begin_inset Index idx
15984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16016 Encapsulated PostScript
16017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16020 (EPS, file extension
16021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16033 \begin_inset Index idx
16036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16068 Portable Document Format
16069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16072 (PDF, file extension
16073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16085 \begin_inset Index idx
16088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16095 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16096 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16097 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16103 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16111 \begin_layout Standard
16112 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16116 \begin_layout Subsection
16117 Grouping of Image Settings
16118 \begin_inset Index idx
16121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16122 Images ! Settings grouping
16130 \begin_layout Standard
16131 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16133 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16134 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16136 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16137 need to manually change each of them.
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16142 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16145 \begin_inset space ~
16150 field in the Graphics dialog.
16151 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16152 by checking the name of the desired group.
16155 \begin_layout Section
16157 \begin_inset Index idx
16160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16176 \begin_layout Standard
16177 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16178 \begin_inset Graphics
16179 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16190 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16191 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16192 from the rest of the table.
16193 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16194 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16196 Here's an example table:
16199 \begin_layout Standard
16201 \begin_inset Tabular
16202 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16203 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16407 \begin_layout Subsection
16411 \begin_layout Standard
16412 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16413 brings up the table dialog.
16414 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16415 where the cursor is placed currently.
16416 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16417 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16418 done on all of your selection.
16421 \begin_layout Standard
16422 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16425 \begin_inset space ~
16430 helps you in setting table properties.
16431 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16434 \begin_layout Standard
16438 \begin_inset space ~
16443 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16444 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16445 current cell respectively.
16446 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16448 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16449 of text, see section
16450 \begin_inset space ~
16454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16456 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16463 \begin_layout Standard
16464 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16470 This will merge the cells to
16474 cell, spread over more than one column.
16475 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16476 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16477 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16478 in the last row without the upper border:
16481 \begin_layout Standard
16483 \begin_inset Tabular
16484 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16485 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16487 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16489 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16500 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16509 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16585 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16620 \begin_layout Standard
16621 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16622 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16623 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16624 explained in the tables section of the
16627 \begin_inset space ~
16633 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16637 degrees counterclockwise.
16638 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16641 \begin_layout Standard
16642 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16650 Most DVI-viewers are
16654 able to display rotations.
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16667 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16672 adds lines for all cell borders.
16675 \begin_layout Subsection
16677 \begin_inset Index idx
16680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16681 Tables ! Longtables
16687 \begin_inset Index idx
16690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 \begin_layout Standard
16700 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16703 \begin_inset space ~
16707 \begin_inset space ~
16716 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16717 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16720 \begin_layout Description
16725 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16726 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16727 except for the first page, if
16730 \begin_inset space ~
16738 \begin_layout Description
16742 \begin_inset space ~
16747 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16748 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16751 \begin_layout Description
16756 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16757 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16758 except for the last page, if
16761 \begin_inset space ~
16769 \begin_layout Description
16773 \begin_inset space ~
16778 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16779 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16782 \begin_layout Description
16783 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16784 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16790 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16793 \begin_inset space ~
16801 \begin_layout Standard
16802 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16803 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16804 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16805 The others will then be defined as
16810 In this context, first means first in this order:
16813 \begin_inset space ~
16825 \begin_inset space ~
16831 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16834 \begin_layout Standard
16836 \begin_inset Tabular
16837 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16838 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16839 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16840 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16841 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16842 <row endfirsthead="true">
16843 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16849 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16854 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <row endfirsthead="true">
16874 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16906 <row endhead="true">
16907 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16918 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <row endhead="true">
16938 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16949 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16970 <row endfoot="true">
16971 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16982 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16991 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17022 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17981 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18085 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18147 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18209 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18395 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18457 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18488 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18581 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18612 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18643 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18674 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18705 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18736 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18767 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18798 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18829 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18860 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18891 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18922 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18952 <row endlastfoot="true">
18953 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18973 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 \begin_layout Subsection
18992 \begin_inset Index idx
18995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19004 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19011 \begin_layout Standard
19012 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19013 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19014 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19015 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19019 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19020 for the cell's paragraph.
19023 \begin_layout Standard
19024 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19025 for the column in the table dialog.
19026 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19027 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19031 \begin_layout Standard
19033 \begin_inset Tabular
19034 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19035 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19037 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19058 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19127 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 This is longer now.
19188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19240 This is longer now.
19245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19271 \begin_layout Standard
19272 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19273 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19279 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19285 Selection with the mouse or with
19289 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19290 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19291 the selection from outside the table.
19294 \begin_layout Section
19296 \begin_inset Index idx
19299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19315 \begin_layout Standard
19316 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19317 have a fixed location.
19319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19326 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19334 \begin_inset space ~
19339 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19340 too many notes on the page.
19343 \begin_layout Standard
19344 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19345 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19346 and pages without text.
19347 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19348 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19349 Floats are therefore numbered.
19350 Referencing is described in section
19351 \begin_inset space ~
19355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19357 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19364 \begin_layout Standard
19365 To insert a float, use the menu
19367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19371 A box with a caption that has e.
19372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19376 \begin_inset space \space{}
19380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19384 \begin_inset space ~
19388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19391 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19392 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19394 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19395 \begin_inset Index idx
19398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19404 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19405 paragraph within the float.
19406 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19407 by left-clicking on the box label.
19408 A closed float box looks like this:
19409 \begin_inset Graphics
19410 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19415 – a gray button with a red label.
19418 \begin_layout Standard
19419 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19420 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19423 \begin_layout Subsection
19427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19429 \begin_inset Index idx
19432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19433 Floats ! Figure floats
19439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19441 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19448 \begin_layout Standard
19451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19452 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19455 inserts a float with the label
19456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19462 \begin_inset space ~
19468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19472 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19473 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19474 This is what we did for Figure
19475 \begin_inset space ~
19479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19481 reference "cap:Platypus"
19486 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19487 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19488 This was done in Figure
19489 \begin_inset space ~
19493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19495 reference "cap:Escher"
19502 \begin_layout Standard
19503 \begin_inset Float figure
19508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19510 \begin_inset Graphics
19511 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19513 rotateOrigin center
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19521 \begin_inset Caption
19523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19526 name "cap:Platypus"
19530 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19543 \begin_layout Standard
19544 \begin_inset Float figure
19549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19550 \begin_inset Caption
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 \begin_inset Graphics
19571 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19573 rotateOrigin center
19585 \begin_layout Standard
19586 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19588 As described in section
19589 \begin_inset space ~
19593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19595 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19599 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19601 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19604 and refer to it using the menu
19606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19610 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19619 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19631 \begin_layout Standard
19632 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19633 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19634 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19635 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19637 \begin_inset space ~
19641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19643 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19647 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19648 You can also set the images one below the other.
19650 \begin_inset space ~
19654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19656 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19663 reference "fig:Platypus"
19667 are the subfigures.
19670 \begin_layout Standard
19671 \begin_inset Float figure
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19677 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19681 \begin_inset Float figure
19686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 \begin_inset Caption
19689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19692 name "fig:Undefinable"
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 \begin_inset Graphics
19706 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19717 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19721 \begin_inset Float figure
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19727 \begin_inset Caption
19729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19732 name "fig:Platypus"
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19745 \begin_inset Graphics
19746 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19758 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19765 \begin_inset Caption
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19770 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19774 Two distorted images.
19787 \begin_layout Standard
19788 Note that the caption is added to the
19791 \begin_inset space ~
19795 \begin_inset space ~
19800 as described in section
19801 \begin_inset space ~
19805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19807 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19816 \begin_inset Index idx
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 Floats ! Table floats
19828 \begin_layout Standard
19829 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19832 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19836 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19839 \begin_inset space ~
19843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19845 reference "cap:Table-float"
19849 is an example of a table float.
19852 \begin_layout Standard
19853 \begin_inset Float table
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19859 \begin_inset Caption
19861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19864 name "cap:Table-float"
19876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19878 \begin_inset Tabular
19879 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19880 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19882 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20034 \end{array}\right]$
20042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20055 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20078 \begin_inset Index idx
20081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20090 \begin_layout Standard
20091 This float type is inserted with the menu
20093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20094 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20098 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20099 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20103 , described in section
20104 \begin_inset space ~
20108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20110 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20117 \begin_layout Standard
20118 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20126 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20132 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20135 \begin_layout Standard
20140 floatname{algorithm}{your
20141 \begin_inset space ~
20147 \begin_layout Standard
20148 to the document preamble (menu
20150 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20157 \begin_inset space ~
20163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20177 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20179 \begin_inset Index idx
20182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20183 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20191 \begin_layout Standard
20192 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20200 \begin_inset Graphics
20201 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20203 rotateOrigin center
20210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20211 \begin_inset Caption
20213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20216 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20220 This is a wrapped figure.
20221 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20234 This float type is used if you want to
20235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20242 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20244 It can be inserted using the menu
20246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20247 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20249 \begin_inset space ~
20254 if the LaTeX-package
20259 \begin_inset Index idx
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20263 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20273 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20276 \begin_inset space ~
20286 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20289 \begin_inset space ~
20293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20295 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20299 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20308 Available units are explained in Appendix
20309 \begin_inset space ~
20313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20315 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20324 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20328 \begin_layout Standard
20329 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20342 \begin_inset space \space{}
20345 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20346 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20355 \begin_layout Itemize
20356 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20357 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20358 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20359 page breaks will appear.
20362 \begin_layout Itemize
20363 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20364 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20367 \begin_layout Itemize
20368 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20369 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20372 \begin_layout Itemize
20373 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20376 \begin_layout Subsection
20378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20380 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20385 \begin_inset Index idx
20388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20397 \begin_layout Standard
20398 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20399 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20403 \begin_inset space ~
20411 \begin_layout Standard
20412 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20413 have a multicolumn document).
20414 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20417 \begin_inset space ~
20423 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20424 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20431 \begin_layout Standard
20432 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20433 format is also the same: Table
20434 \begin_inset space ~
20438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20440 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20444 is an example of a rotated table float.
20447 \begin_layout Standard
20448 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20464 \begin_layout Standard
20465 \begin_inset Float table
20470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20471 \begin_inset Caption
20473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20476 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20490 \begin_inset Tabular
20491 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20492 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20493 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20494 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20557 \begin_layout Subsection
20559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20561 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20566 \begin_inset Index idx
20569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20578 \begin_layout Standard
20579 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20580 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20581 \begin_inset Newline newline
20587 \begin_inset space ~
20592 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20593 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20594 \begin_inset Newline newline
20600 \begin_inset space ~
20605 is used to rotate floats, see section
20606 \begin_inset space ~
20610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20612 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20619 \begin_layout Standard
20620 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20621 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20624 \begin_inset space ~
20628 \begin_inset space ~
20636 \begin_layout Description
20638 \begin_inset space ~
20642 \begin_inset space ~
20645 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20648 \begin_layout Description
20650 \begin_inset space ~
20654 \begin_inset space ~
20657 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20660 \begin_layout Description
20662 \begin_inset space ~
20666 \begin_inset space ~
20669 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20672 \begin_layout Description
20674 \begin_inset space ~
20678 \begin_inset space ~
20681 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20684 \begin_layout Standard
20685 The order of the above option is
20690 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20694 \begin_inset space ~
20698 \begin_inset space ~
20706 \begin_inset space ~
20710 \begin_inset space ~
20715 , and then the others.
20716 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20718 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20719 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20722 \begin_layout Standard
20723 By default, each option has its own rules:
20726 \begin_layout Standard
20730 \begin_inset space ~
20734 \begin_inset space ~
20739 only floats occupying less than 70
20740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20743 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20746 \begin_layout Standard
20750 \begin_inset space ~
20754 \begin_inset space ~
20759 : only floats occupying less than 30
20760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20763 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20766 \begin_layout Standard
20770 \begin_inset space ~
20774 \begin_inset space ~
20779 : only if more than 50
20780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20783 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20787 \begin_layout Standard
20788 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20792 \begin_inset space ~
20796 \begin_inset space ~
20804 \begin_layout Standard
20805 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20806 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20807 For this case you can use the option
20810 \begin_inset space ~
20816 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20818 Because the float is then no longer able to
20819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20826 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20829 \begin_layout Standard
20830 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20831 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20834 \begin_layout Standard
20835 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20837 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20839 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20846 \begin_layout Section
20848 \begin_inset Index idx
20851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20860 name "sec:Minipages"
20867 \begin_layout Standard
20868 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20870 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20871 \begin_inset space ~
20878 \begin_layout Standard
20879 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20885 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20886 and its alignment within the page.
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20891 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20901 height_special "totalheight"
20904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20907 This is a minipage.
20908 The text is set in an italic style.
20911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20914 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20915 another formatting.
20923 \begin_layout Standard
20924 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20927 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20931 as described in section
20932 \begin_inset space ~
20936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20938 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20943 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20949 \begin_layout Standard
20950 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20960 height_special "totalheight"
20963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20964 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20965 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20971 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20975 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20985 height_special "totalheight"
20988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20989 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20990 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20998 \begin_layout Standard
20999 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21005 \begin_layout Standard
21006 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21007 to other box types.
21008 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21019 \begin_layout Chapter
21020 Mathematical Formulas
21021 \begin_inset Index idx
21024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21031 \begin_inset Index idx
21034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21063 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21065 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21072 \begin_layout Standard
21073 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21078 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21081 \begin_layout Section
21083 \begin_inset Index idx
21086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21095 \begin_layout Standard
21096 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21097 \begin_inset Graphics
21098 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21103 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21105 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21106 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21107 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21115 \begin_layout Standard
21116 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21120 \begin_inset space ~
21125 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21128 \begin_layout Standard
21129 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21130 line, like this one:
21133 \begin_layout Standard
21134 This is a line with an inline formula
21135 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21141 \begin_layout Standard
21142 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21143 paragraph, like this one:
21144 \begin_inset Formula \[
21149 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21152 \begin_layout Standard
21153 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21159 \begin_inset space \space{}
21163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21176 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21177 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21181 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21184 \begin_inset space ~
21192 \begin_layout Subsection
21193 Navigating in Formulas
21194 \begin_inset Index idx
21197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21206 \begin_layout Standard
21207 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21208 achieved with the arrow keys.
21209 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21210 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21215 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21216 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21220 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21224 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21227 \end{array}\right]$
21235 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21240 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21241 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21244 \begin_layout Standard
21249 , printed in this document as
21250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21271 \begin_inset Note Note
21274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21275 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21276 space character (visible space).
21281 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21282 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21283 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21288 For example, if you want
21289 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21343 , since in the latter case only the
21346 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21351 will be under the square root sign:
21352 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21358 \begin_layout Standard
21359 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21361 \begin_inset Formula \[
21362 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21366 \end{array}\right)\]
21370 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21371 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21374 \begin_layout Subsection
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21379 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21380 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21384 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21385 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21386 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21387 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21388 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21391 \begin_layout Subsection
21392 Exponents and Subscripts
21393 \begin_inset Index idx
21396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21403 \begin_inset Index idx
21406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21415 \begin_layout Standard
21416 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21417 way is to use a command.
21419 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21422 , type in a formula
21428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21444 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21450 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21454 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21475 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21484 , you have to use an extra
21488 to separate the hat and the character.
21490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21494 \begin_inset space \space{}
21498 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21519 Subscripts are similar: To get
21520 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21543 \begin_layout Subsection
21545 \begin_inset Index idx
21548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21557 \begin_layout Standard
21558 Create a fraction with either the command
21565 \begin_inset Graphics
21566 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21574 \begin_inset space ~
21580 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21581 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21582 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21587 To move back up, press
21592 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21593 \begin_inset Formula \[
21594 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21597 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21604 \begin_layout Subsection
21606 \begin_inset Index idx
21609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21618 \begin_layout Standard
21619 Roots can be created using the
21622 \begin_inset space ~
21628 \begin_inset Graphics
21629 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21652 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21658 produces always a square root.
21661 \begin_layout Subsection
21662 Operators with Limits
21663 \begin_inset Index idx
21666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21673 \begin_inset Index idx
21676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21685 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21692 \begin_layout Standard
21694 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21698 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21701 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21702 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21703 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21704 The sum operator will automatically place its
21705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21712 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21715 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21719 \begin_inset Formula \[
21720 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21724 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21728 \begin_layout Standard
21729 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21731 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21732 behind the operator and hitting
21740 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21741 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21743 \begin_inset space ~
21747 \begin_inset space ~
21755 \begin_layout Standard
21756 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21764 feature as addition, such as
21765 \begin_inset Index idx
21768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21775 \begin_inset Formula \[
21776 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21780 which will place the
21781 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21793 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21794 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21800 \begin_layout Standard
21801 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21808 Have a look at section
21809 \begin_inset space ~
21813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21815 reference "sub:Functions"
21819 for an explanation of function macros.
21822 \begin_layout Subsection
21824 \begin_inset Index idx
21827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21836 \begin_layout Standard
21837 Most math symbols can be found in the
21840 \begin_inset space ~
21845 under one of several categories; including
21862 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21866 \begin_layout Standard
21867 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21868 you don't have to use the
21871 \begin_inset space ~
21876 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21877 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21880 \begin_layout Subsection
21882 \begin_inset Index idx
21885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21894 \begin_layout Standard
21895 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21900 arg "space-insert protected"
21906 \begin_inset space ~
21912 \begin_inset Graphics
21913 filename ../images/math/space.png
21918 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21919 For example, the sequence
21924 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21928 \begin_inset Graphics
21929 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21934 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21935 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21936 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21937 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21939 Here are two examples:
21942 \begin_layout Standard
21952 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21958 \begin_layout Standard
21968 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21974 \begin_layout Subsection
21976 \begin_inset Index idx
21979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21988 name "sub:Functions"
21995 \begin_layout Standard
21999 \begin_inset space ~
22004 contains under the button
22005 \begin_inset Graphics
22006 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22010 a number of function macros, such as
22011 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22015 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22023 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22030 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22031 avoid confusions, because
22032 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22036 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22042 \begin_layout Standard
22043 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22045 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22049 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22055 \begin_layout Standard
22056 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22057 s are placed, as described in section
22058 \begin_inset space ~
22062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22064 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22071 \begin_layout Subsection
22073 \begin_inset Index idx
22076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22085 \begin_layout Standard
22086 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22088 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22089 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22090 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22094 \begin_inset space \space{}
22098 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22101 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22102 Our example is entered by typing
22110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22123 \begin_inset space ~
22127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22129 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22133 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22136 \begin_layout Standard
22137 \begin_inset Float table
22142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22143 \begin_inset Caption
22145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22148 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22152 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22162 \begin_inset Tabular
22163 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22164 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22251 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22305 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22359 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22413 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22467 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22521 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22575 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22629 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22683 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22728 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22749 \begin_layout Standard
22750 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22753 \begin_inset space ~
22759 \begin_inset Graphics
22760 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22764 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22768 \begin_layout Section
22769 Brackets and Delimiters
22770 \begin_inset Index idx
22773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22780 \begin_inset Index idx
22783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22792 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22799 \begin_layout Standard
22800 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22801 For most purposes, using just the keys
22806 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22807 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22808 toolbar delimiter icon
22809 \begin_inset Graphics
22810 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22815 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22817 \begin_inset Formula \[
22818 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22821 \end{array}\right]\]
22825 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22826 \begin_inset Formula \[
22827 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22834 \begin_layout Standard
22835 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22836 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22839 \begin_layout Standard
22840 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22841 left side and right side.
22842 If you use the option
22845 \begin_inset space ~
22850 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22851 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22852 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22853 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22856 \begin_layout Standard
22857 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22858 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22859 inside the brackets.
22860 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22865 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22868 \begin_layout Section
22869 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22870 \begin_inset Index idx
22873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22880 \begin_inset Index idx
22883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22890 \begin_inset Index idx
22893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22894 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22902 \begin_layout Standard
22903 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22906 \begin_inset space ~
22912 \begin_inset Graphics
22913 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22918 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22919 Here is an example:
22920 \begin_inset Formula \[
22921 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22925 \end{array}\right)\]
22929 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22930 \begin_inset space ~
22934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22936 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22941 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22942 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22943 This alignment is set in the box
22948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22996 for every column as default.
22997 For example, the sequence
22998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23009 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23010 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23011 corresponds to the relevant column.
23012 The result will look like this:
23013 \begin_inset Formula \[
23015 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23016 column & has & has\, right\\
23017 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23025 \begin_layout Standard
23026 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23029 arg "newline-insert newline"
23032 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23033 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23035 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23038 or the math toolbar.
23041 \begin_layout Standard
23042 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23043 It can be created with the menu
23045 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23046 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23048 \begin_inset space ~
23060 Here is an example:
23061 \begin_inset Formula \[
23073 \begin_layout Standard
23074 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23077 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23080 arg "newline-insert newline"
23084 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23089 arg "newline-insert newline"
23092 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23100 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23101 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23102 A new row is created by every further hit of
23105 arg "newline-insert newline"
23109 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23110 Here is an example:
23111 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23112 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23113 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23118 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23119 where you want to start the shift and hit
23124 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23125 position to the next column.
23126 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23127 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23128 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23129 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23136 \begin_layout Standard
23137 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23144 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23145 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23148 reference "eq:asquared"
23153 The other types are described in section
23154 \begin_inset space ~
23158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23160 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23167 \begin_layout Section
23168 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23169 \begin_inset Index idx
23172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23173 Math ! Formula numbering
23179 \begin_inset Index idx
23182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23183 Math ! Referencing formulas
23189 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23191 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23198 \begin_layout Standard
23199 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23201 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23202 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23204 \begin_inset space ~
23212 arg "math-number-toggle"
23216 The formula number appears in LyX as
23217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23224 within parentheses.
23226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23233 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23235 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23236 the document class.
23237 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23238 separated by a dot:
23239 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23240 1+1=2\end{equation}
23247 arg "math-number-toggle"
23250 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23251 You can only number displayed formulas.
23254 \begin_layout Standard
23255 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23257 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23258 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23260 \begin_inset space ~
23264 \begin_inset space ~
23268 \begin_inset space ~
23276 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23279 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23280 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23282 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23288 To number all lines use the shortcut
23291 arg "math-number-toggle"
23297 \begin_layout Standard
23298 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23301 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23302 A label is inserted with the menu
23304 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23307 when the cursor is in the formula.
23308 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23309 It is recommended to use the proposed
23310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23321 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23322 type when you have many labels in your document.
23323 We inserted in the following example the label
23324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23331 in the second line:
23332 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23333 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23334 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23339 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23340 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23350 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23354 \begin_inset space ~
23360 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23361 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23362 as the formula number:
23365 \begin_layout Standard
23366 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23369 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23376 \begin_layout Standard
23377 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23378 \begin_inset space ~
23382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23384 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23389 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23395 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23400 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23408 \begin_layout Section
23409 User defined math macros
23410 \begin_inset Index idx
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23422 \begin_layout Standard
23423 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23424 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23425 Math macros are explained in section
23428 \begin_inset space ~
23440 \begin_layout Section
23444 \begin_layout Subsection
23446 \begin_inset Index idx
23449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23458 \begin_layout Standard
23459 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23460 To set a font in a formula, use the
23463 \begin_inset space ~
23469 \begin_inset Graphics
23470 filename ../images/math/font.png
23474 , or enter its command, listed in table
23475 \begin_inset space ~
23479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23481 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23488 \begin_layout Standard
23489 \begin_inset Float table
23494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23495 \begin_inset Caption
23497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23500 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23504 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23514 \begin_inset Tabular
23515 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23516 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23517 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23550 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23577 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23604 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23637 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23664 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23691 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23725 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23752 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23786 \begin_layout Standard
23787 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23795 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23811 \begin_layout Standard
23812 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23813 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23818 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23819 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23820 Here an example where
23821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23832 denotes the set of numbers:
23833 \begin_inset Formula \[
23834 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23841 \begin_layout Standard
23842 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23848 \begin_inset space \space{}
23860 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23864 \begin_inset Newline newline
23867 So it is better not to use this feature.
23870 \begin_layout Standard
23871 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23872 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23876 \begin_inset Newline newline
23879 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23885 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23886 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23892 \begin_layout Standard
23899 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23902 \begin_layout Standard
23903 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23905 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23906 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23908 \begin_inset space ~
23916 \begin_layout Subsection
23918 \begin_inset Index idx
23921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23930 \begin_layout Standard
23931 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23933 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23937 \begin_inset space ~
23941 \begin_inset space ~
23949 \begin_inset space ~
23955 \begin_inset Graphics
23956 filename ../images/math/font.png
23967 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23968 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23969 Here is an example:
23970 \begin_inset Formula \[
23972 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23973 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23981 \begin_layout Subsection
23983 \begin_inset Index idx
23986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23995 \begin_layout Standard
23996 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23997 automatically chosen in most situations.
24015 For most characters,
24023 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24024 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24029 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24030 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24032 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24033 \begin_inset Graphics
24034 filename ../images/math/style.png
24039 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24040 For example, you can set
24041 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24044 , which is normally in
24053 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24057 The four styles are used in the following example:
24060 \begin_layout Standard
24061 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24065 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24069 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24073 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24079 \begin_layout Standard
24080 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24081 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24083 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24085 \begin_inset space ~
24090 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24091 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24092 will be adjusted to correspond.
24093 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24104 \begin_layout Standard
24108 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24114 \begin_layout Section
24118 \begin_layout Standard
24119 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24120 the document classes and into layout modules.
24121 \begin_inset Index idx
24124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24130 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24131 other than the AMS classes.
24133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24135 reference "sub:Modules"
24139 for more on layout modules.
24142 \begin_layout Section
24144 \begin_inset Index idx
24147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24154 \begin_inset Index idx
24157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24166 \begin_layout Standard
24167 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24168 (AMS) that are in common use.
24171 \begin_layout Subsection
24172 Enabling AMS-Support
24175 \begin_layout Standard
24176 Selecting the checkbox
24179 \begin_inset space ~
24183 \begin_inset space ~
24187 \begin_inset space ~
24194 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24198 \begin_inset Index idx
24201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24202 Document ! Settings
24210 \begin_inset space ~
24215 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24217 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24218 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24221 \begin_layout Subsection
24223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24225 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24230 \begin_inset Index idx
24233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24234 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24242 \begin_layout Standard
24243 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24244 LyX allows you to choose between
24265 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24268 \begin_layout Chapter
24272 \begin_layout Section
24274 \begin_inset Index idx
24277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24286 name "sec:Cross-References"
24293 \begin_layout Standard
24294 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24295 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24297 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24298 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24299 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24302 \begin_layout Enumerate
24306 \begin_layout Enumerate
24307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24309 name "enu:Second-item"
24316 \begin_layout Enumerate
24320 \begin_layout Standard
24321 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24326 or by pressing the toolbar button
24327 \begin_inset Graphics
24328 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24334 A grey label box like this:
24335 \begin_inset Graphics
24336 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24341 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24342 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24377 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24382 \begin_inset space \space{}
24385 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24400 \begin_layout Standard
24401 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24403 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24406 or the toolbar button
24407 \begin_inset Graphics
24408 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24414 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24415 \begin_inset Graphics
24416 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24421 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24423 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24436 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24440 \begin_layout Standard
24443 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24446 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24451 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24452 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24454 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24460 \begin_layout Standard
24461 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24462 \begin_inset space ~
24466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24468 reference "enu:Second-item"
24475 \begin_layout Standard
24476 It is recommended to use a protected space
24480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24481 described in section
24482 \begin_inset space ~
24486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24488 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24497 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24502 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24505 \begin_layout Description
24506 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24509 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24516 \begin_layout Description
24517 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24518 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24530 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24537 \begin_layout Description
24538 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24539 \begin_inset space ~
24543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24544 LatexCommand pageref
24545 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24552 \begin_layout Description
24554 \begin_inset space ~
24558 \begin_inset space ~
24561 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24563 LatexCommand vpageref
24564 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24571 \begin_layout Description
24573 \begin_inset space ~
24577 \begin_inset space ~
24581 \begin_inset space ~
24584 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24588 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24595 \begin_layout Description
24597 \begin_inset space ~
24600 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24601 \begin_inset Newline newline
24605 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24613 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24618 \begin_inset Index idx
24621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24622 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24635 \begin_layout Standard
24640 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24647 \begin_inset space \space{}
24651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24665 <reference> on page <page>
24667 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24671 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24672 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24673 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24677 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24681 \begin_layout Standard
24682 You can only use the style
24686 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24690 is always possible.
24693 \begin_layout Standard
24694 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24695 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24697 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24698 \begin_inset space ~
24702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24704 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24711 \begin_layout Standard
24712 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24716 \begin_inset space ~
24720 \begin_inset space ~
24725 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24726 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24729 \begin_inset space ~
24734 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24735 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24736 \begin_inset Graphics
24737 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24738 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24739 rotateOrigin center
24746 \begin_layout Standard
24747 You can change labels at any time.
24748 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24749 do not need to take care about this.
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24753 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24754 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24757 \begin_layout Standard
24758 References are described in detail in the
24765 \begin_layout Section
24766 Table of Contents and other Listings
24767 \begin_inset Index idx
24770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24777 \begin_inset Index idx
24780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24796 \begin_layout Subsection
24798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24800 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24807 \begin_layout Standard
24808 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24810 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24811 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24813 \begin_inset space ~
24817 \begin_inset space ~
24823 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24824 If you click on it, the
24828 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24829 sections in your documents.
24830 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24832 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24835 that is described in sec.
24836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24842 reference "sec:Navigating"
24849 \begin_layout Standard
24850 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24851 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24853 \begin_inset space ~
24857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24859 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24863 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24865 \begin_inset space ~
24869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24871 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24875 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24877 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24880 \begin_layout Subsection
24881 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24884 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24892 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24893 You can insert them via the
24895 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24897 \begin_inset space ~
24901 \begin_inset space ~
24907 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24910 \begin_layout Section
24911 URLs and Hyperlinks
24912 \begin_inset Index idx
24915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24922 \begin_inset Index idx
24925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24934 \begin_layout Subsection
24936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24945 \begin_layout Standard
24946 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24948 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24954 \begin_layout Standard
24955 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24956 \begin_inset Flex URL
24959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24969 \begin_layout Standard
24970 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24976 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24980 \begin_layout Standard
24981 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24989 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24997 \begin_layout Subsection
24999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25001 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25008 \begin_layout Standard
25009 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25014 or with the toolbar button
25015 \begin_inset Graphics
25016 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25017 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25022 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25031 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25032 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25033 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25035 name "LyX's homepage"
25036 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25040 , an Email address like this:
25041 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25043 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25044 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25049 , or a link to a file.
25052 \begin_layout Standard
25053 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25066 to the link target.
25069 \begin_layout Standard
25070 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25071 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25072 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25073 the text style dialog.
25074 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25078 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25080 name "LyX's homepage"
25081 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25088 \begin_layout Standard
25089 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25093 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25095 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25096 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25100 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25102 \begin_inset Newline newline
25110 \begin_inset Newline newline
25117 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25120 \begin_layout Section
25122 \begin_inset Index idx
25125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25134 name "sec:Appendices"
25141 \begin_layout Standard
25142 Appendices are created with the menu
25144 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25146 \begin_inset space ~
25150 \begin_inset space ~
25156 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25157 as the appendix region.
25158 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25161 \begin_layout Standard
25162 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25163 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25164 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25165 and the subsection number.
25166 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25170 \begin_layout Standard
25172 \begin_inset space ~
25176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25178 reference "cha:Credits"
25183 \begin_inset space ~
25187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25189 reference "sub:Export"
25196 \begin_layout Section
25198 \begin_inset Index idx
25201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25210 name "sec:Bibliography"
25217 \begin_layout Standard
25218 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25219 You can include a bibliography database,
25223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25224 Known under the name
25225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25237 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25238 manually, using the paragraph environment
25242 , which was described in section
25243 \begin_inset space ~
25247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25249 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25254 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25255 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25259 use a bibliography database.
25262 \begin_layout Subsection
25263 The Bibliography Environment
25266 \begin_layout Standard
25271 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25273 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25282 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25284 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25293 , a short form of its title, as key.
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25302 or the toolbar button
25303 \begin_inset Graphics
25304 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25310 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25311 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25312 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25313 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25317 \begin_layout Standard
25318 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25319 entry with surrounding brackets.
25324 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25325 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25337 \begin_layout Standard
25340 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25343 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25345 key "latexcompanion"
25352 \begin_layout Standard
25353 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25354 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25363 \begin_layout Subsection
25364 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25365 \begin_inset Index idx
25368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25369 Bibliography ! Databases
25375 \begin_inset Index idx
25378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25379 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25387 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25395 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25401 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25403 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25404 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25409 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25411 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25412 your working field in a database.
25413 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25414 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25416 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25420 \begin_layout Standard
25421 The database is a text file with the file extension
25422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25433 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25434 The format is explained in
25435 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25441 and in LaTeX books (
25442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25444 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25449 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25450 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25451 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25452 \begin_inset Flex URL
25455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25457 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25465 \begin_layout Standard
25466 To use a database, use the menu
25468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25473 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25486 \begin_inset space ~
25492 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25493 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25496 Add bibliography to TOC
25498 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25503 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25506 \begin_layout Standard
25507 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25519 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25520 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25521 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25523 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25529 For information how this is done, have a look at
25530 \begin_inset Newline newline
25534 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25536 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25549 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25552 \begin_layout Standard
25553 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25554 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25557 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25585 \begin_inset space ~
25591 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25597 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25606 \begin_layout Standard
25607 When you select the option
25609 Sectioned bibliography
25613 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25616 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25617 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25619 Customizing Bibliographies
25627 Additional Features
25632 \begin_layout Standard
25633 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25634 the two methods of creating them.
25635 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25636 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25637 We used the style file
25641 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25644 \begin_layout Subsection
25645 Bibliography layout
25646 \begin_inset Index idx
25649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25650 Bibliography ! Layout
25658 \begin_layout Standard
25659 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25660 For this feature you need to enable the option
25666 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25670 \begin_inset Index idx
25673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25674 Document ! Settings
25684 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25685 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25686 in the previous section.
25689 \begin_layout Standard
25690 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25691 in the citation reference window.
25692 Here an example where we set the text
25693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25697 \begin_inset space ~
25701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25704 to appear after the reference:
25707 \begin_layout Standard
25709 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25712 key "latexcompanion"
25719 \begin_layout Section
25721 \begin_inset Index idx
25724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25740 \begin_layout Standard
25741 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25745 \begin_inset space ~
25750 or the toolbar button
25751 \begin_inset Graphics
25752 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25753 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25770 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25771 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25772 by LyX as the index entry.
25775 \begin_layout Standard
25776 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25777 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25779 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25781 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25788 \begin_layout Standard
25789 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25791 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25793 \begin_inset space ~
25797 \begin_inset space ~
25800 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25802 \begin_inset space ~
25808 A light blue box labeled
25809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25820 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25821 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25824 \begin_layout Subsection
25825 Grouping Index Entries
25826 \begin_inset Index idx
25829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25838 \begin_layout Standard
25839 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25841 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25842 lists under the entry
25843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25851 First we create the entry
25852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25860 \begin_inset space ~
25864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25866 reference "sub:Lists"
25871 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25872 \begin_inset space ~
25876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25878 reference "sec:Itemize"
25882 , we insert the command
25885 \begin_layout Standard
25891 \begin_layout Standard
25895 \begin_layout Standard
25901 \begin_layout Standard
25902 for the enumerated list in section
25903 \begin_inset space ~
25907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25909 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25916 \begin_layout Standard
25917 The exclamation mark
25918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25925 marks the grouping levels.
25926 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25927 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25928 If we don't have an index entry for
25929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25936 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25939 \begin_layout Subsection
25941 \begin_inset Index idx
25944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25945 Index ! Page ranges
25953 \begin_layout Standard
25954 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25956 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25957 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25959 \begin_inset space ~
25963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25965 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25972 \begin_layout Standard
25975 Paragraph environments|(
25978 \begin_layout Standard
25979 and another entry at the end of section
25980 \begin_inset space ~
25984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25986 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25996 Paragraph environments|)
25999 \begin_layout Standard
26001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26024 respectively start and end the index range.
26025 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26026 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26027 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26028 An example is the index entry
26029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26032 Document ! Settings
26033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26039 \begin_layout Subsection
26041 \begin_inset Index idx
26044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26045 Index ! Cross referencing
26053 \begin_layout Standard
26054 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26055 We referred for example in the index entry
26056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26064 \begin_inset space ~
26068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26070 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26074 ) to the index entry
26075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26082 in the same section using the entry
26085 \begin_layout Standard
26088 GIF|see{Image formats}
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26092 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26093 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26094 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26097 \begin_layout Subsection
26099 \begin_inset Index idx
26102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26103 Index ! Entry order
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26112 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26113 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26114 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26119 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26121 \begin_inset space ~
26125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26127 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26136 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26137 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26162 \begin_inset Index idx
26165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26166 Dummy entries ! maïs
26172 \begin_inset Index idx
26175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26176 Dummy entries ! maître
26182 \begin_inset Index idx
26185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26186 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26191 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26192 order maïs, maison, maître.
26193 To achieve this, we use the command
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26199 previous entry@current entry
26202 \begin_layout Standard
26203 In our case we want to have
26204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26219 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26228 \begin_layout Standard
26229 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26230 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26234 \begin_layout Standard
26235 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26241 \begin_layout Standard
26242 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26247 to generate the index (see sec.
26248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26254 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26263 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26271 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26275 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26276 index commands start with
26277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26289 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26294 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26297 \begin_layout Standard
26309 \begin_layout Standard
26321 \begin_layout Subsection
26323 \begin_inset Index idx
26326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26327 Index ! Entry layout
26335 \begin_layout Standard
26336 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26337 \begin_inset Index idx
26340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26343 This is an italic dummy entry
26348 You can also format the page number using the character
26349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26356 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26357 We can write for example
26360 \begin_layout Standard
26363 italic page number:|textit
26366 \begin_layout Standard
26367 to get the page number in italic.
26368 \begin_inset Index idx
26371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26372 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26377 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26395 \begin_inset space ~
26401 Have a look at section
26402 \begin_inset space ~
26406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26408 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26412 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26415 \begin_layout Standard
26416 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26424 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26428 to generate the index, see sec.
26429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26435 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26444 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26445 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26447 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26450 key "latexcompanion"
26462 \begin_layout Standard
26463 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26465 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26466 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26467 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26468 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26469 If so, put the following in the preamble
26472 \begin_layout Standard
26484 \begin_layout Standard
26488 \begin_layout Standard
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26495 in the index entry.
26496 \begin_inset Index idx
26499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26500 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26505 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26506 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26507 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26511 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26517 \begin_inset space \space{}
26520 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26521 for all index entries.
26522 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26534 documentation for details,
26535 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26537 key "makeindex,xindy"
26544 \begin_layout Subsection
26546 \begin_inset Index idx
26549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26558 name "sub:Index-Program"
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26566 If the index entry program
26570 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26574 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26583 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26584 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26585 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26586 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26587 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26597 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26598 dialog, see section
26599 \begin_inset space ~
26603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26605 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26610 The available options are listed and explained in
26611 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26613 key "makeindex,xindy"
26618 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26622 \begin_layout Standard
26623 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26624 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26627 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26628 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26629 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26633 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26634 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26637 \begin_layout Subsection
26641 \begin_layout Standard
26642 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26643 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26651 next to the standard index.
26652 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26653 packages that add this feature.
26659 \begin_inset Index idx
26662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26663 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26668 package to generate multiple indexes.
26669 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26670 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26671 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26678 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26679 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26680 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26683 \begin_layout Standard
26684 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26687 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26688 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26695 Use multiple Indexes
26696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26700 Note that the list of
26701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26708 below already contains the standard index.
26709 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26710 also appear as a heading) to the
26711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26718 input field and press the
26719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26727 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26728 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26729 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26733 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26739 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26740 indexes in the LyX work area.
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26744 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26749 \begin_inset space ~
26753 \begin_inset space ~
26762 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26763 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26764 are some additional features:
26767 \begin_layout Itemize
26768 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26769 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26772 \begin_layout Itemize
26773 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26774 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26783 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26788 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26789 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26790 to the non-subindexes.
26793 \begin_layout Section
26794 Nomenclature / Glossary
26795 \begin_inset Index idx
26798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26805 \begin_inset Index idx
26808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26839 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26847 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26848 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26853 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26858 \begin_inset Index idx
26861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26862 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26868 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26869 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26875 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26878 \begin_layout Standard
26879 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26880 and then use the menu
26882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26888 \begin_inset space ~
26893 or the toolbar button
26894 \begin_inset Graphics
26895 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26896 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26913 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26916 \begin_layout Standard
26917 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26918 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26919 The second is the description of the symbol.
26922 \begin_layout Standard
26923 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26931 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26939 \begin_layout Subsection
26940 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26941 \begin_inset Index idx
26944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26945 Nomenclature ! Layout
26953 \begin_layout Standard
26954 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26958 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26964 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26972 \begin_inset Newline newline
26980 \begin_inset Newline newline
26986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26993 character starts/ends the formula.
26994 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27006 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27016 \begin_layout Standard
27017 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27018 \begin_inset space ~
27022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27024 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27035 \begin_inset space ~
27040 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27041 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27046 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27053 in this document is:
27054 \begin_inset Newline newline
27059 dummy entry for the character
27064 \begin_inset Newline newline
27076 \begin_inset space ~
27086 font use the command
27115 \begin_layout Subsection
27116 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27117 \begin_inset Index idx
27120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27121 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27129 \begin_layout Standard
27130 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27131 the symbol definition.
27132 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27133 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27136 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27137 LatexCommand nomenclature
27139 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27146 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27150 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27151 LatexCommand nomenclature
27154 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27159 They will be sorted by
27160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27186 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27189 will be sorted before the
27193 since the character
27194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27201 is considered in sorting.
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27205 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27208 \begin_inset space ~
27213 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27214 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27216 For the example given, you can insert
27220 in this field for the
27221 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27228 will be located before
27229 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27235 \begin_layout Standard
27236 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27241 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27250 \begin_layout Subsection
27251 Nomenclature Options
27252 \begin_inset Index idx
27255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27256 Nomenclature ! Options
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27269 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27270 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27273 \begin_layout Description
27274 refeq Appends the phrase
27275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27290 to every nomenclature entry, where
27296 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27299 \begin_layout Description
27300 refpage Appends the phrase
27301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27316 to every nomenclature entry, where
27322 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27325 \begin_layout Description
27326 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27330 There are furthermore the options
27374 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27379 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27380 class options list in the
27382 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27386 In this document the option
27393 \begin_layout Standard
27394 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27400 \begin_layout Standard
27401 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27402 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27407 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27410 \begin_layout Description
27420 \begin_layout Description
27423 nomrefpage Like the
27430 \begin_layout Description
27433 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27442 \begin_layout Description
27446 \begin_inset space ~
27452 \begin_inset space ~
27457 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27460 \begin_layout Subsection
27461 Printing the Nomenclature
27462 \begin_inset Index idx
27465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27466 Nomenclature ! Printing
27474 \begin_layout Standard
27475 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27479 \begin_inset space ~
27483 \begin_inset space ~
27486 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27490 A light blue box labeled
27491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27502 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27503 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27506 \begin_layout Standard
27507 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27516 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27524 For example, in order to change the name to
27528 , add the following line to the preamble:
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27539 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27543 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27549 \begin_layout Standard
27550 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27551 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27554 \begin_layout Standard
27562 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27568 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27569 \begin_inset space ~
27573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27575 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27580 The default value is 1
27581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27587 \begin_layout Subsection
27588 Nomenclature Program
27589 \begin_inset Index idx
27592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27593 Nomenclature ! Program
27599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27601 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27609 LyX uses the program
27613 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27614 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27619 by adding options, see section
27620 \begin_inset space ~
27624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27626 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27631 The available options are listed and explained in
27632 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27634 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27641 \begin_layout Section
27643 \begin_inset Index idx
27646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27653 \begin_inset Index idx
27656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27657 Document ! Branches
27663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27665 name "sec:Branches"
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27673 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27674 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27675 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27676 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27680 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27681 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27682 To create a branch, go in the
27684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27692 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27693 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27697 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27698 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27703 where you can choose a branch.
27704 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27707 \begin_layout Standard
27708 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27709 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27712 \begin_layout Standard
27713 \begin_inset Branch Question
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27717 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27725 \begin_layout Standard
27726 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27729 \begin_layout Standard
27730 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27745 \begin_layout Standard
27746 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27747 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27749 For example you can define for the question branch
27753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27754 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27755 \begin_inset space ~
27759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27761 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27783 \begin_layout Standard
27793 \begin_layout Standard
27794 and for the answer branch
27797 \begin_layout Standard
27807 \begin_layout Standard
27817 \begin_layout Standard
27818 \begin_inset Branch Question
27821 \begin_layout Standard
27825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27857 \begin_layout Standard
27861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27889 \begin_layout Standard
27890 Now it is possible to use the commands
27894 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27901 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27904 to obtain conditional output.
27905 Here is an example formula where only the
27912 \begin_inset Formula \[
27913 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27920 \begin_layout Standard
27921 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27929 \begin_layout Section
27931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27933 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27938 \begin_inset Index idx
27941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27955 dialog allows you in the
27959 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27960 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27965 \begin_inset Index idx
27968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27969 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27982 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27983 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27984 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27986 You can specify in the dialog tab
27990 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27992 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27993 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27997 \begin_layout Standard
28002 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28003 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28004 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28006 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28007 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28009 \begin_inset space ~
28012 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28013 \begin_inset space ~
28016 1 will only display the sections.
28019 \begin_layout Standard
28020 The header information in the dialog tab
28024 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28025 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28026 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28030 \begin_inset space \space{}
28033 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28034 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28037 Automatic fill header
28039 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28040 title and author settings.
28043 \begin_layout Standard
28046 Load in fullscreen mode
28048 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28051 \begin_layout Standard
28052 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28053 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28059 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28060 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28069 \begin_layout Section
28070 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28073 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28080 \begin_layout Subsection
28082 \begin_inset Index idx
28085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28094 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28102 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28103 constructs, but not all.
28104 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28105 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28106 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28107 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28108 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28112 \begin_layout Standard
28113 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28115 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28119 \begin_inset space ~
28124 or by the toolbar button
28125 \begin_inset Graphics
28126 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28131 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28135 \begin_layout Standard
28136 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28137 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28138 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28145 , you can write the command part
28151 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28155 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28156 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28157 the following example:
28160 \begin_layout Standard
28161 \begin_inset Graphics
28162 filename clipart/ERT.png
28170 \begin_layout Standard
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28175 This is a line with a
28179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28202 \begin_layout Standard
28203 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28211 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28212 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28220 \begin_layout Subsection
28221 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28222 \begin_inset Argument
28225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28232 \begin_inset Index idx
28235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28244 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28251 \begin_layout Standard
28252 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28253 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28254 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28263 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28264 any time if you know the right commands.
28266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28270 \begin_inset space \space{}
28273 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28275 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28276 all caption labels bold.
28277 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28279 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28283 \begin_layout Standard
28284 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28285 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28286 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28288 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28297 \begin_layout Standard
28298 As result you know that the package
28303 \begin_inset Index idx
28306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28307 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28313 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28315 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28321 \begin_layout Standard
28326 usepackage[options]{package name}
28329 \begin_layout Standard
28330 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28331 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28332 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28335 \begin_layout Standard
28336 In your case the package name is
28341 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28346 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28347 So you add the command
28350 \begin_layout Standard
28355 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28358 \begin_layout Standard
28359 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28364 For more commands provided by the
28368 package, have a look at its documentation,
28369 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28383 \begin_layout Standard
28384 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28386 For example if you use a
28390 class, you don't need the package
28394 , you can instead write
28397 \begin_layout Standard
28402 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28407 \begin_layout Standard
28408 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28409 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28410 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28417 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28420 \begin_layout Standard
28421 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28422 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28424 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28425 the previous section.
28428 \begin_layout Standard
28429 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28431 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28433 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28441 \begin_layout Section
28442 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28445 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28450 \begin_inset Index idx
28453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28460 \begin_inset Index idx
28463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28472 \begin_layout Standard
28473 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28474 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28475 to break your train of thought with
28477 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28483 \begin_layout Standard
28484 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28485 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28490 \begin_inset Index idx
28493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28494 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28499 as explained below, and turn on
28502 \begin_inset space ~
28509 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28513 \begin_inset space ~
28517 \begin_inset space ~
28520 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28525 \begin_inset space ~
28530 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28533 \begin_layout Standard
28534 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28536 Previews of an already loaded document are
28540 generated just by selecting the
28543 \begin_inset space ~
28548 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28551 \begin_layout Standard
28552 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28553 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28556 \begin_inset space ~
28561 check box in the insert dialog.
28562 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28567 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28571 (on some systems named simply
28576 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28578 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28584 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28585 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28593 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28597 \begin_layout Standard
28598 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28604 \begin_layout Standard
28605 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28609 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28611 \begin_inset space ~
28616 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28617 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28619 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28620 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28621 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28622 the source view window.
28625 \begin_layout Section
28627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28629 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28634 \begin_inset Index idx
28637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28647 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28648 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28665 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28671 can be seen as the successor to
28679 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28685 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28686 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28694 \begin_layout Standard
28695 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28696 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28703 \begin_layout Standard
28706 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28709 or the toolbar button
28710 \begin_inset Graphics
28711 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28712 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28716 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28717 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28718 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28719 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28720 scrolled so that it is visible.
28725 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28727 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28731 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28732 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28735 \begin_layout Standard
28736 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28739 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28743 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28744 will bring an error message.
28745 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28746 specifying a different
28748 Alternative language
28750 in preferences dialog.
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28754 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28757 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28761 \begin_layout Standard
28762 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28763 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28765 But you can use the
28768 \begin_inset space ~
28772 \begin_inset space ~
28780 \begin_layout Standard
28781 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28782 This does work with
28786 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28789 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28793 \begin_layout Standard
28798 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28801 \begin_layout Description
28803 \begin_inset space ~
28806 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28807 should consider, e.
28808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28812 \begin_inset space \space{}
28815 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28816 This should not normally be needed.
28819 \begin_layout Description
28821 \begin_inset space ~
28824 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28825 the spell checker's default choice
28828 \begin_layout Description
28830 \begin_inset space ~
28834 \begin_inset space ~
28837 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28849 \begin_layout Description
28851 \begin_inset space ~
28855 \begin_inset space ~
28858 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28860 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28867 also for the spellchecker.
28871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28872 The encodings are explained in section
28873 \begin_inset space ~
28877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28879 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28888 Only enable this if you use
28892 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28893 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28894 so this is disabled by default.
28897 \begin_layout Section
28899 \begin_inset Index idx
28902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28911 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28918 \begin_layout Standard
28919 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28920 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28930 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28932 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28941 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28942 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28943 are available for many languages.
28946 \begin_layout Standard
28947 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28951 \begin_layout Subsection
28952 Setting up the thesaurus
28955 \begin_layout Standard
28960 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28965 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28970 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28976 en_EN for English).
28977 For instance, the English files are named:
28980 \begin_layout Itemize
28984 \begin_layout Itemize
28988 \begin_layout Standard
28989 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28990 already on your system.
28991 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28992 \begin_inset Flex URL
28995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28997 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29003 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29008 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29010 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29011 unpack a zip archive.
29014 \begin_layout Standard
29023 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29024 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29026 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29027 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29031 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29034 \begin_layout Subsection
29035 Using the thesaurus
29038 \begin_layout Standard
29039 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29041 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29044 or the toolbar button
29045 \begin_inset Graphics
29046 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29047 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29048 rotateOrigin center
29052 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29054 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29056 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29057 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29058 and hyponyms (such as
29066 ), compounds (such as
29070 ) and antonyms (such as
29078 ), which are marked as such.
29081 \begin_layout Standard
29082 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29083 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29087 \begin_layout Standard
29088 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29089 the dictionary, such as the above
29093 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29098 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29099 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29100 For example looking up the word forms
29108 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29113 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29126 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29127 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29128 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29131 \begin_layout Subsection
29132 License of the Thesaurus library
29135 \begin_layout Standard
29140 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29145 as a standalone program.
29146 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29147 The library was released under the
29149 Berkeley Database License
29151 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29152 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29153 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29155 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29158 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29162 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29165 \begin_layout Section
29167 \begin_inset Index idx
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29177 \begin_inset Index idx
29180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29181 Document ! Change Tracking
29187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29189 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29196 \begin_layout Standard
29197 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29198 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29199 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29200 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29202 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29204 \begin_inset space ~
29207 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29209 \begin_inset space ~
29217 \begin_layout Standard
29218 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29232 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29233 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29236 \begin_inset space ~
29240 \begin_inset space ~
29250 \begin_inset Index idx
29253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29254 Color ! Change tracking
29259 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29260 the cursor is in changed text.
29261 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29262 \begin_inset Graphics
29263 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29264 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29265 rotateOrigin center
29272 \begin_layout Standard
29273 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29274 \begin_inset Index idx
29277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29286 \begin_layout Standard
29287 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29293 \begin_layout Standard
29294 \begin_inset Graphics
29295 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29302 \begin_layout Standard
29303 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29309 \begin_layout Standard
29310 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29314 \begin_layout Standard
29315 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29321 \begin_layout Standard
29322 \begin_inset Tabular
29323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29324 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29325 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29326 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29332 \begin_inset Graphics
29333 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29335 rotateOrigin center
29344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29350 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29352 \begin_inset space ~
29355 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29357 \begin_inset space ~
29366 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29371 \begin_inset Graphics
29372 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29373 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29374 rotateOrigin center
29383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29389 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29391 \begin_inset space ~
29394 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29396 \begin_inset space ~
29400 \begin_inset space ~
29404 \begin_inset space ~
29413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29418 \begin_inset Graphics
29419 filename ../images/change-next.png
29420 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29421 rotateOrigin center
29430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29434 Jumps to the next change
29440 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29445 \begin_inset Graphics
29446 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29447 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29448 rotateOrigin center
29457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29463 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29465 \begin_inset space ~
29468 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29470 \begin_inset space ~
29479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29484 \begin_inset Graphics
29485 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29486 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29487 rotateOrigin center
29496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29504 \begin_inset space ~
29507 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29509 \begin_inset space ~
29518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29523 \begin_inset Graphics
29524 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29525 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29526 rotateOrigin center
29535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29543 \begin_inset space ~
29546 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29548 \begin_inset space ~
29557 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29562 \begin_inset Graphics
29563 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29564 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29565 rotateOrigin center
29574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29580 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29582 \begin_inset space ~
29585 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29587 \begin_inset space ~
29591 \begin_inset space ~
29600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29605 \begin_inset Graphics
29606 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29608 rotateOrigin center
29617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29623 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29625 \begin_inset space ~
29628 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29630 \begin_inset space ~
29634 \begin_inset space ~
29643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29648 \begin_inset Graphics
29649 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29651 rotateOrigin center
29660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29666 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29667 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29669 \begin_inset space ~
29678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29683 \begin_inset Graphics
29684 filename ../images/note-next.png
29685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29686 rotateOrigin center
29695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29701 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29703 \begin_inset space ~
29719 \begin_layout Standard
29720 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29726 \begin_layout Standard
29727 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29728 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29729 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29730 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29731 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29732 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29733 step to the next change.
29734 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29737 \begin_layout Standard
29738 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29739 to describe a change.
29742 \begin_layout Standard
29743 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29748 \begin_inset Index idx
29751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29752 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29758 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29759 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29765 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29768 \begin_layout Section
29769 International Support
29770 \begin_inset Index idx
29773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29774 International support
29782 \begin_layout Standard
29783 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29784 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29785 how to set up LyX to use them:
29786 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29788 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29795 \begin_layout Standard
29796 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29797 \begin_inset space ~
29801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29803 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29810 \begin_layout Subsection
29812 \begin_inset Index idx
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 \begin_inset Index idx
29825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29826 Document ! Settings
29832 \begin_inset Index idx
29835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29836 Document ! Language
29844 \begin_layout Standard
29847 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29850 dialog lets you set
29852 the language and character encoding for your language.
29856 \begin_layout Standard
29857 Choose your language in the
29861 section of this dialog.
29869 \begin_layout Standard
29874 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29879 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29880 For details about the different encoding options see section
29881 \begin_inset space ~
29885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29887 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29894 \begin_layout Subsection
29895 Keyboard mapping configuration
29896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29898 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29905 \begin_layout Standard
29906 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29907 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29908 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29909 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29910 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29912 \begin_inset space ~
29916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29918 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29923 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29924 which one you want to use.
29927 \begin_layout Standard
29928 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29929 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29930 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29931 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29932 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29933 one to support the characters you want.
29934 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29941 \begin_layout Subsection
29945 \begin_layout Standard
29947 \begin_inset space ~
29951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29953 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29962 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29966 \begin_layout Standard
29967 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29968 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29976 \begin_layout Itemize
29977 Even if you have selected
29983 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29986 dialog, users who have only the
29990 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29994 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29995 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29996 french quotes won't show up.
29999 \begin_layout Standard
30000 \begin_inset Float table
30005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 \begin_inset Caption
30008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30011 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30029 \begin_inset Tabular
30030 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30031 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30034 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30048 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34461 \begin_layout Standard
34462 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34464 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34465 also the characters from
34477 \begin_layout Itemize
34486 \begin_layout Standard
34487 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34488 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34494 \begin_layout Standard
34495 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34496 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34502 \begin_layout Standard
34503 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34504 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34510 \begin_layout Standard
34511 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34512 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34518 \begin_layout Standard
34520 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34526 \begin_layout Standard
34528 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34534 \begin_layout Standard
34536 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34543 \begin_layout Itemize
34556 \begin_layout Standard
34558 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34564 \begin_layout Standard
34566 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34572 \begin_layout Standard
34574 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34580 \begin_layout Standard
34582 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34588 \begin_layout Standard
34590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34596 \begin_layout Standard
34598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34605 \begin_layout Standard
34606 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34607 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34608 Also make sure you're using the
34615 \begin_layout Chapter
34618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34620 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34627 \begin_layout Standard
34628 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34629 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34630 topic inside the user's guide.
34633 \begin_layout Section
34635 \begin_inset Index idx
34638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34647 \begin_layout Standard
34652 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34653 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34656 \begin_layout Subsection
34660 \begin_layout Standard
34661 Creates a new document.
34664 \begin_layout Subsection
34668 \begin_layout Standard
34669 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34670 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34671 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34674 \begin_layout Subsection
34678 \begin_layout Standard
34682 \begin_layout Subsection
34686 \begin_layout Standard
34687 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34688 Click there on a file to open it.
34691 \begin_layout Subsection
34695 \begin_layout Standard
34696 Closes the current document.
34699 \begin_layout Subsection
34703 \begin_layout Standard
34704 Closes all opened documents.
34707 \begin_layout Subsection
34711 \begin_layout Standard
34712 Saves the actual document.
34715 \begin_layout Subsection
34719 \begin_layout Standard
34720 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34723 \begin_layout Subsection
34727 \begin_layout Standard
34728 Saves all opened documents.
34731 \begin_layout Subsection
34735 \begin_layout Standard
34736 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34739 \begin_layout Subsection
34743 \begin_layout Standard
34744 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34745 It is described in the section
34747 Version Control in LyX
34751 Additional Features
34756 \begin_layout Subsection
34760 \begin_layout Standard
34761 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34762 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34763 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34764 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34767 \begin_layout Standard
34768 When using the menu entry
34771 \begin_inset space ~
34776 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34780 \begin_inset space ~
34784 \begin_inset space ~
34789 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34790 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34793 \begin_layout Subsection
34795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34804 \begin_layout Standard
34805 You can export your document to various file formats.
34806 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34807 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34808 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34811 \begin_layout Standard
34812 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34814 \begin_inset space ~
34818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34820 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34827 \begin_layout Description
34831 \begin_inset space ~
34836 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34838 \begin_inset Newline newline
34841 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34844 \begin_layout Description
34852 \begin_layout Description
34853 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34857 \begin_layout Description
34859 \begin_inset space ~
34863 \begin_inset space ~
34866 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34870 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34878 \begin_layout Description
34885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34893 \begin_inset space ~
34898 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34899 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34903 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34906 \begin_layout Description
34913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34921 \begin_inset space ~
34926 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34927 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34935 \begin_layout Description
34937 \begin_inset space ~
34940 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34948 is replaced by the version number)
34951 \begin_layout Description
34952 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
34955 \begin_layout Description
34956 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34969 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
34973 \begin_layout Description
34977 \begin_inset space ~
34982 PDF-format using the program
34987 \begin_layout Description
34991 \begin_inset space ~
34996 PDF-format using the program
35001 \begin_layout Description
35005 \begin_inset space ~
35010 PDF-format using the program
35015 \begin_layout Description
35019 \begin_inset space ~
35027 \begin_layout Description
35031 \begin_inset space ~
35035 \begin_inset space ~
35040 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35041 and then exported as text using the program
35046 \begin_layout Description
35051 PostScript format using the program
35056 \begin_layout Description
35064 \begin_layout Standard
35069 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35070 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35076 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35079 \begin_layout Standard
35080 If one of the menu entries
35087 \begin_inset space ~
35096 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35097 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35098 \begin_inset space ~
35102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35104 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35109 \begin_inset Index idx
35112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35113 Reconfiguration of LyX
35121 \begin_layout Standard
35126 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35127 the export program.
35130 \begin_layout Subsection
35134 \begin_layout Standard
35135 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35136 format or send it to a printer.
35137 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35138 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35144 For more information have a look at section
35145 \begin_inset space ~
35149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35151 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35158 \begin_layout Subsection
35162 \begin_layout Standard
35163 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35164 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35165 prefix, see section
35166 \begin_inset space ~
35170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35172 reference "sec:Paths"
35177 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35186 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35187 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35188 \begin_inset space ~
35192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35194 reference "sub:Converters"
35201 \begin_layout Subsection
35202 New and Close Window
35205 \begin_layout Standard
35206 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35209 \begin_layout Subsection
35213 \begin_layout Standard
35214 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35217 \begin_layout Section
35219 \begin_inset Index idx
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35231 \begin_layout Subsection
35235 \begin_layout Standard
35236 Described in section
35237 \begin_inset space ~
35241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35243 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35250 \begin_layout Subsection
35251 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35254 \begin_layout Standard
35255 Described in section
35256 \begin_inset space ~
35260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35262 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35269 \begin_layout Subsection
35273 \begin_layout Standard
35274 Selects the whole document.
35277 \begin_layout Subsection
35281 \begin_layout Standard
35282 Described in section
35283 \begin_inset space ~
35287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35289 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35296 \begin_layout Subsection
35297 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35300 \begin_layout Standard
35301 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35305 \begin_layout Subsection
35309 \begin_layout Standard
35310 Described in section
35311 \begin_inset space ~
35315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35317 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35324 \begin_layout Subsection
35326 \begin_inset Index idx
35329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35330 Paragraph ! Settings
35338 \begin_layout Standard
35339 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35340 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35343 \begin_layout Standard
35344 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35345 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35347 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35353 \begin_inset space ~
35361 \begin_layout Subsection
35362 Table Settings and Math
35365 \begin_layout Standard
35366 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35368 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35369 The properties of tables are described in section
35370 \begin_inset space ~
35374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35376 reference "sec:Tables"
35380 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35381 \begin_inset space ~
35385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35387 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35394 \begin_layout Subsection
35395 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35398 \begin_layout Standard
35399 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35400 that can be nested.
35401 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35402 \begin_inset space ~
35406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35408 reference "sec:Nesting"
35413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35415 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35422 \begin_layout Section
35424 \begin_inset Index idx
35427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35436 \begin_layout Standard
35441 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35442 document with an external program.
35443 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35444 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35445 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35446 \begin_inset space ~
35450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35452 reference "sub:Export"
35457 You should at least see the menu entries
35464 \begin_inset space ~
35470 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35471 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35472 \begin_inset space ~
35476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35478 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35483 \begin_inset Index idx
35486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35487 Reconfiguration of LyX
35495 \begin_layout Standard
35496 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35497 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35498 \begin_inset space ~
35502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35504 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35509 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35512 \begin_layout Standard
35513 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35516 At the bottom of the
35520 menu the opened documents are listed.
35523 \begin_layout Subsection
35524 Open/Close all Insets
35527 \begin_layout Standard
35528 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35531 \begin_layout Subsection
35532 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35535 \begin_layout Standard
35536 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35539 \begin_layout Standard
35540 Math macros are described in the
35547 \begin_layout Subsection
35551 \begin_layout Standard
35552 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35554 \begin_inset space ~
35558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35560 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35567 \begin_layout Subsection
35571 \begin_layout Standard
35572 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35573 opening a new view window.
35576 \begin_layout Subsection
35580 \begin_layout Standard
35581 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35582 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35583 view the same document, but at different positions.
35584 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35585 or more documents at the same time.
35586 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35593 \begin_layout Subsection
35597 \begin_layout Standard
35598 Closes a split view.
35601 \begin_layout Subsection
35605 \begin_layout Standard
35606 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35607 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35608 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35609 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35610 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35613 \begin_layout Subsection
35615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35617 name "sub:Toolbars"
35622 \begin_inset Index idx
35625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35634 \begin_layout Standard
35635 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35636 All toolbars and the
35639 \begin_inset space ~
35644 can be turned on and off.
35649 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35661 \begin_inset space ~
35670 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35674 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35681 \begin_layout Standard
35686 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35690 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35691 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35692 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35693 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35694 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35697 \begin_layout Standard
35698 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35699 \begin_inset space ~
35703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35705 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35712 \begin_layout Section
35714 \begin_inset Index idx
35717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35726 \begin_layout Subsection
35730 \begin_layout Standard
35731 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35732 \begin_inset space ~
35736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35738 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35749 \begin_layout Subsection
35751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35753 name "sub:Special-Character"
35760 \begin_layout Standard
35761 Here you can insert the following characters:
35764 \begin_layout Description
35765 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35766 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35767 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35768 \begin_inset Newline newline
35772 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35780 Not all characters will be visible in the
35784 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35792 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35796 ) can display every character.
35804 \begin_layout Description
35805 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35809 \begin_layout Description
35811 \begin_inset space ~
35815 \begin_inset space ~
35818 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35819 \begin_inset space ~
35823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35825 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35832 \begin_layout Description
35834 \begin_inset space ~
35837 Quote Inserts this quote:
35838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35841 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35853 \begin_layout Description
35855 \begin_inset space ~
35858 Quote Inserts this quote:
35859 \begin_inset Quotes els
35865 \begin_layout Description
35867 \begin_inset space ~
35870 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35874 \begin_layout Description
35876 \begin_inset space ~
35879 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35883 \begin_layout Description
35885 \begin_inset space ~
35888 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35892 \begin_layout Description
35894 \begin_inset space ~
35898 \begin_inset Index idx
35901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35908 \begin_inset Index idx
35911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35912 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35917 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35918 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35919 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35924 \begin_inset Index idx
35927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35928 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35934 \begin_inset Newline newline
35937 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35941 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35949 and this Wiki-page:
35950 \begin_inset Newline newline
35954 \begin_inset Flex URL
35957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35959 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35967 \begin_layout Subsection
35971 \begin_layout Standard
35972 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35975 \begin_layout Description
35976 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35977 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35983 \begin_layout Description
35984 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35985 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35991 \begin_layout Description
35993 \begin_inset space ~
35996 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35997 \begin_inset space ~
36001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36003 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36010 \begin_layout Description
36012 \begin_inset space ~
36015 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36016 \begin_inset space ~
36020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36022 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36029 \begin_layout Description
36031 \begin_inset space ~
36034 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36035 \begin_inset space ~
36039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36041 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36048 \begin_layout Description
36050 \begin_inset space ~
36053 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36054 \begin_inset space ~
36058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36060 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36067 \begin_layout Description
36069 \begin_inset space ~
36072 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36073 \begin_inset space ~
36077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36079 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36086 \begin_layout Description
36088 \begin_inset space ~
36091 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36092 \begin_inset space ~
36096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36098 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36105 \begin_layout Description
36107 \begin_inset space ~
36110 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36111 \begin_inset space ~
36115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36117 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36124 \begin_layout Description
36126 \begin_inset space ~
36129 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36130 \begin_inset space ~
36134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36136 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36143 \begin_layout Description
36145 \begin_inset space ~
36149 \begin_inset space ~
36152 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36153 \begin_inset space ~
36157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36159 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36166 \begin_layout Description
36168 \begin_inset space ~
36171 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36172 text line to the page border, see section
36173 \begin_inset space ~
36177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36179 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36186 \begin_layout Description
36188 \begin_inset space ~
36191 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36192 \begin_inset space ~
36196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36198 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36205 \begin_layout Description
36207 \begin_inset space ~
36210 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36211 text page to the page border, described in section
36212 \begin_inset space ~
36216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36218 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36225 \begin_layout Description
36227 \begin_inset space ~
36230 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36231 \begin_inset space ~
36235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36237 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36244 \begin_layout Description
36246 \begin_inset space ~
36250 \begin_inset space ~
36253 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36254 \begin_inset space ~
36258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36260 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36267 \begin_layout Subsection
36271 \begin_layout Standard
36272 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36273 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36275 \begin_inset space ~
36279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36281 reference "sec:toc"
36286 The index list is described in section
36287 \begin_inset space ~
36291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36293 reference "sec:Index"
36297 , the nomenclature in section
36298 \begin_inset space ~
36302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36304 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36308 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36309 \begin_inset space ~
36313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36315 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36322 \begin_layout Subsection
36326 \begin_layout Standard
36327 To insert floats, described in section
36328 \begin_inset space ~
36332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36334 reference "sec:Floats"
36341 \begin_layout Subsection
36345 \begin_layout Standard
36346 To insert notes, described in section
36347 \begin_inset space ~
36351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36353 reference "sec:Notes"
36360 \begin_layout Subsection
36364 \begin_layout Standard
36365 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36366 \begin_inset space ~
36370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36372 reference "sec:Branches"
36379 \begin_layout Subsection
36383 \begin_layout Standard
36384 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36385 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36387 An example is the document class
36388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36395 with three custom insets.
36398 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36404 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36407 \begin_layout Subsection
36409 \begin_inset Index idx
36412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36421 \begin_layout Standard
36422 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36423 files in your document.
36424 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36435 \begin_layout Subsection
36437 \begin_inset Index idx
36440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36449 \begin_layout Standard
36450 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36451 \begin_inset space ~
36455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36457 reference "sec:Minipages"
36462 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36473 \begin_layout Subsection
36477 \begin_layout Standard
36478 Inserts a citation as described in section
36479 \begin_inset space ~
36483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36485 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36492 \begin_layout Subsection
36496 \begin_layout Standard
36497 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36498 \begin_inset space ~
36502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36504 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36511 \begin_layout Subsection
36515 \begin_layout Standard
36516 Inserts a label as described in section
36517 \begin_inset space ~
36521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36523 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36530 \begin_layout Subsection
36532 \begin_inset Index idx
36535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36542 \begin_inset Index idx
36545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36546 Longtables ! Caption
36554 \begin_layout Standard
36555 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36556 Floats are described in section
36557 \begin_inset space ~
36561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36563 reference "sec:Floats"
36567 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36578 \begin_layout Subsection
36582 \begin_layout Standard
36583 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36584 \begin_inset space ~
36588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36590 reference "sec:Index"
36597 \begin_layout Subsection
36601 \begin_layout Standard
36602 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36603 \begin_inset space ~
36607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36609 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36616 \begin_layout Subsection
36620 \begin_layout Standard
36622 Tables are described in section
36623 \begin_inset space ~
36627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36629 reference "sec:Tables"
36636 \begin_layout Subsection
36640 \begin_layout Standard
36642 Graphics are described in section
36643 \begin_inset space ~
36647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36649 reference "sec:Graphics"
36656 \begin_layout Subsection
36660 \begin_layout Standard
36661 Inserts an URL as described in section
36662 \begin_inset space ~
36666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36668 reference "sub:URLs"
36675 \begin_layout Subsection
36679 \begin_layout Standard
36680 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36681 \begin_inset space ~
36685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36687 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36694 \begin_layout Subsection
36698 \begin_layout Standard
36699 Inserts a footnote, see section
36700 \begin_inset space ~
36704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36706 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36713 \begin_layout Subsection
36717 \begin_layout Standard
36718 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36719 \begin_inset space ~
36723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36725 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36732 \begin_layout Subsection
36736 \begin_layout Standard
36737 Inserts a short title, see section
36738 \begin_inset space ~
36742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36744 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36751 \begin_layout Subsection
36755 \begin_layout Standard
36756 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36757 \begin_inset space ~
36761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36763 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36770 \begin_layout Subsection
36772 \begin_inset Index idx
36775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36784 \begin_layout Standard
36785 Inserts a program listings box.
36786 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36788 Program Code Listings
36797 \begin_layout Subsection
36801 \begin_layout Standard
36802 Inserts the actual date.
36803 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36805 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36817 \begin_layout Section
36819 \begin_inset Index idx
36822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36831 \begin_layout Standard
36832 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36833 \begin_inset space ~
36836 of the current document.
36837 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36840 \begin_layout Subsection
36844 \begin_layout Standard
36845 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36846 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36852 \begin_inset space \space{}
36856 \begin_inset space ~
36860 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36861 \begin_inset space ~
36864 2.5 and use the menu
36867 \begin_inset space ~
36871 \begin_inset space ~
36878 \begin_inset space ~
36884 \begin_inset space ~
36888 \begin_inset space ~
36894 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36898 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36904 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36910 \begin_layout Standard
36911 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36912 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36915 \begin_layout Subsection
36916 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36919 \begin_layout Standard
36920 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36924 \begin_layout Subsection
36928 \begin_layout Standard
36929 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36930 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36931 on a cross-reference box.
36934 \begin_layout Section
36936 \begin_inset Index idx
36939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36948 \begin_layout Subsection
36952 \begin_layout Standard
36953 Change Tracking is described in section
36954 \begin_inset space ~
36958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36960 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36967 \begin_layout Subsection
36972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36982 \begin_layout Standard
36983 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36985 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36988 \begin_layout Standard
36989 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36994 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36997 \begin_layout Subsection
37001 \begin_layout Standard
37002 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37003 \begin_inset space ~
37007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37009 reference "sec:Navigating"
37014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37016 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37023 \begin_layout Subsection
37024 Start Appendix Here
37027 \begin_layout Standard
37028 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37029 position as described in section
37030 \begin_inset space ~
37034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37036 reference "sec:Appendices"
37043 \begin_layout Subsection
37047 \begin_layout Standard
37048 Un/compresses the current document.
37051 \begin_layout Subsection
37055 \begin_layout Standard
37056 The document settings are described in appendix
37057 \begin_inset space ~
37061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37063 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37070 \begin_layout Section
37072 \begin_inset Index idx
37075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37084 \begin_layout Subsection
37088 \begin_layout Standard
37089 Spell checking is explained in section
37090 \begin_inset space ~
37094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37096 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37103 \begin_layout Subsection
37107 \begin_layout Standard
37108 The thesaurus is described in section
37109 \begin_inset space ~
37113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37115 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37122 \begin_layout Subsection
37124 \begin_inset Index idx
37127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37134 \begin_inset Index idx
37137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37146 \begin_layout Standard
37147 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37148 highlighted document part.
37151 \begin_layout Subsection
37153 \begin_inset Index idx
37156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37165 \begin_layout Standard
37166 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37169 \begin_layout Subsection
37171 \begin_inset Index idx
37174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37175 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37186 Reconfiguration of LyX
37190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37203 \begin_inset Index idx
37206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37207 Reconfiguration of LyX
37215 \begin_layout Standard
37216 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37217 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37218 \begin_inset space ~
37222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37224 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37231 \begin_layout Subsection
37235 \begin_layout Standard
37236 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37243 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37250 \begin_layout Section
37252 \begin_inset Index idx
37255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37264 \begin_layout Standard
37265 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37269 \begin_layout Standard
37273 \begin_inset space ~
37278 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37279 found by LyX (see also section
37280 \begin_inset space ~
37284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37286 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37293 \begin_layout Section
37295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37297 name "sec:Toolbars"
37304 \begin_layout Standard
37305 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37306 \begin_inset space ~
37310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37312 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37319 \begin_layout Standard
37320 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37321 This is described in the
37323 Additional Features
37328 \begin_layout Subsection
37330 \begin_inset Index idx
37333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37342 \begin_layout Standard
37343 \begin_inset Graphics
37344 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37352 \begin_layout Standard
37353 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37359 \begin_layout Standard
37360 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37377 \begin_inset Note Note
37380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37381 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37386 manual for more information.
37394 \begin_layout Standard
37395 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37401 \begin_layout Standard
37402 \begin_inset Tabular
37403 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37404 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37405 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37406 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37412 \begin_inset Graphics
37413 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37427 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37440 \begin_layout Standard
37441 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37447 \begin_layout Standard
37449 \begin_inset Tabular
37450 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37451 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37452 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37453 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37461 \begin_inset Graphics
37462 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37463 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37478 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37490 \begin_inset Graphics
37491 filename ../images/file-open.png
37492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37507 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37519 \begin_inset Graphics
37520 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37521 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37536 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37543 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37548 \begin_inset Graphics
37549 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37572 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37577 \begin_inset Graphics
37578 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37594 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37601 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37606 \begin_inset Graphics
37607 filename ../images/undo.png
37608 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37623 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37630 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37635 \begin_inset Graphics
37636 filename ../images/redo.png
37637 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37652 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37659 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37664 \begin_inset Graphics
37665 filename ../images/cut.png
37666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37681 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37693 \begin_inset Graphics
37694 filename ../images/copy.png
37695 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37710 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37717 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37722 \begin_inset Graphics
37723 filename ../images/paste.png
37724 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37739 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37746 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37751 \begin_inset Graphics
37752 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37753 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37754 rotateOrigin center
37763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37769 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37789 \begin_inset Graphics
37790 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37791 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37792 rotateOrigin center
37801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37807 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37808 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37820 \begin_inset Graphics
37821 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37822 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37835 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37837 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37839 \begin_inset space ~
37850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37855 \begin_inset Graphics
37856 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37857 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37870 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37872 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37874 \begin_inset space ~
37885 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37890 \begin_inset Graphics
37891 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37905 Formats text using the current settings in the
37907 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37909 \begin_inset space ~
37920 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37925 \begin_inset Graphics
37926 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37927 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37943 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37945 \begin_inset space ~
37954 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37959 \begin_inset Graphics
37960 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37961 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37962 rotateOrigin center
37971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37984 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37989 \begin_inset Graphics
37990 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37991 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37992 rotateOrigin center
38001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38007 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38019 \begin_inset Graphics
38020 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38021 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38022 rotateOrigin center
38031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38035 Toggle outline window on/off,
38037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38049 \begin_inset Graphics
38050 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38052 rotateOrigin center
38061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38065 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38071 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38076 \begin_inset Graphics
38077 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38078 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38079 rotateOrigin center
38088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38092 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38105 \begin_layout Subsection
38107 \begin_inset Index idx
38110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38119 \begin_layout Standard
38120 \begin_inset Graphics
38121 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38129 \begin_layout Standard
38130 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38136 \begin_layout Standard
38137 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38141 \begin_layout Standard
38142 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38148 \begin_layout Standard
38149 \begin_inset Tabular
38150 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38151 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38152 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38153 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38159 \begin_inset Graphics
38160 filename ../images/layout.png
38161 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38162 rotateOrigin center
38171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38181 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38186 \begin_inset Graphics
38187 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38188 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38189 rotateOrigin center
38198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38208 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38213 \begin_inset Graphics
38214 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38215 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38216 rotateOrigin center
38225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38240 \begin_inset Graphics
38241 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38242 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38243 rotateOrigin center
38252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38262 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38267 \begin_inset Graphics
38268 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38269 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38270 rotateOrigin center
38279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 \begin_inset Graphics
38295 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38296 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38297 rotateOrigin center
38306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38312 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38314 \begin_inset space ~
38318 \begin_inset space ~
38327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38332 \begin_inset Graphics
38333 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38335 rotateOrigin center
38344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38350 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38352 \begin_inset space ~
38356 \begin_inset space ~
38365 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38370 \begin_inset Graphics
38371 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38372 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38388 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38395 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38400 \begin_inset Graphics
38401 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38402 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38418 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38430 \begin_inset Graphics
38431 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38459 \begin_inset Graphics
38460 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38461 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38488 \begin_inset Graphics
38489 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38490 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38517 \begin_inset Graphics
38518 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38519 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38534 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38536 \begin_inset space ~
38545 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38550 \begin_inset Graphics
38551 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38552 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38569 \begin_inset space ~
38578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38583 \begin_inset Graphics
38584 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38585 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38600 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38612 \begin_inset Graphics
38613 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38614 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38615 rotateOrigin center
38624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38632 \begin_inset space ~
38641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38646 \begin_inset Graphics
38647 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38648 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38664 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38666 \begin_inset space ~
38675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38680 \begin_inset Graphics
38681 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38682 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38704 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38709 \begin_inset Graphics
38710 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38711 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38726 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38733 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38738 \begin_inset Graphics
38739 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38740 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38755 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38782 \begin_inset Graphics
38783 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38784 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38800 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38807 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38812 \begin_inset Graphics
38813 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38814 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38829 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38830 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38832 \begin_inset space ~
38841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38846 \begin_inset Graphics
38847 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38848 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38849 rotateOrigin center
38858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38864 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38866 \begin_inset space ~
38875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38880 \begin_inset Graphics
38881 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38883 rotateOrigin center
38892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38898 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38900 \begin_inset space ~
38909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38914 \begin_inset Graphics
38915 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38917 rotateOrigin center
38926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38932 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38946 \begin_layout Subsection
38947 View / Update Toolbar
38948 \begin_inset Index idx
38951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38952 Toolbar ! View / Update
38960 \begin_layout Standard
38961 \begin_inset Graphics
38962 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38969 \begin_layout Standard
38970 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38976 \begin_layout Standard
38977 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38981 \begin_layout Standard
38982 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38988 \begin_layout Standard
38989 \begin_inset Tabular
38990 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38991 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38992 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38993 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38999 \begin_inset Graphics
39000 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39001 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39002 rotateOrigin center
39011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39017 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39029 \begin_inset Graphics
39030 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39031 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39032 rotateOrigin center
39041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39047 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39048 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39060 \begin_inset Graphics
39061 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39062 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39063 rotateOrigin center
39072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39078 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39090 \begin_inset Graphics
39091 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39092 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39093 rotateOrigin center
39102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39108 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39109 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39121 \begin_inset Graphics
39122 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39123 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39124 rotateOrigin center
39133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39139 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39151 \begin_inset Graphics
39152 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39153 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39154 rotateOrigin center
39163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39169 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39170 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39184 \begin_layout Subsection
39188 \begin_layout Standard
39189 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39190 \begin_inset space ~
39194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39196 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39200 , the table toolbar
39201 \begin_inset Index idx
39204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39214 manual, the math macro toolbar
39215 \begin_inset Index idx
39218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39231 \begin_layout Chapter
39232 The Document Settings
39233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39235 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39240 \begin_inset Index idx
39243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39244 Document ! Settings
39252 \begin_layout Standard
39253 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39254 whole document and is called with the menu
39256 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39260 You can save your document settings as default with th
39262 e Save as Document Defaults
39264 button in the dialog.
39265 This will create a template name
39273 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39277 \begin_layout Standard
39278 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39281 \begin_layout Section
39285 \begin_layout Standard
39286 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39288 Document classes are described in section
39289 \begin_inset space ~
39293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39295 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39300 Some classes use some class options by default.
39301 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39305 and you can decide to use them or not.
39306 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39307 recommended not to touch them.
39308 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39314 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39315 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39321 When you want one of the following drivers
39322 \begin_inset Newline newline
39325 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39326 \begin_inset Newline newline
39329 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39334 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39336 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39348 \begin_layout Standard
39349 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39350 child or subdocument.
39351 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39352 without its master.
39353 This way child documents are always compilable.
39354 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39365 \begin_layout Section
39369 \begin_layout Standard
39370 Modules are explained in section
39371 \begin_inset space ~
39375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39377 reference "sub:Modules"
39384 \begin_layout Section
39388 \begin_layout Standard
39389 The document font settings are described in section
39390 \begin_inset space ~
39394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39396 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39403 \begin_layout Section
39407 \begin_layout Standard
39408 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39410 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39414 \begin_layout Standard
39415 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39416 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39417 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39420 \begin_layout Standard
39421 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39429 \begin_layout Section
39433 \begin_layout Standard
39434 A description of this menu is given in section
39435 \begin_inset space ~
39439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39441 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39448 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39455 \begin_layout Section
39459 \begin_layout Standard
39460 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39461 \begin_inset space ~
39465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39467 reference "sub:Margins"
39474 \begin_layout Section
39476 \begin_inset Index idx
39479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39480 Language ! Encoding
39488 \begin_layout Standard
39489 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39490 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39491 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39492 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39493 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39494 known for a particular character).
39498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39499 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39500 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39505 manual for details.
39513 \begin_layout Standard
39514 If you use the option
39518 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39519 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39520 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39521 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39522 exactly one encoding.
39523 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39532 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39533 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39535 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39536 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39550 \begin_layout Standard
39551 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39552 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39553 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39554 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39555 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39556 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39561 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39562 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39563 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39566 \begin_layout Standard
39567 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39570 \begin_layout Description
39572 \begin_inset space ~
39576 \begin_inset space ~
39580 \begin_inset space ~
39587 , but the LaTeX-package
39592 \begin_inset Index idx
39595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39596 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39602 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39603 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39604 languages in TeX code.
39607 \begin_layout Description
39608 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39609 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39610 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39613 \begin_layout Description
39615 \begin_inset space ~
39619 \begin_inset space ~
39622 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39625 \begin_layout Description
39627 \begin_inset space ~
39631 \begin_inset space ~
39634 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39637 \begin_layout Description
39639 \begin_inset space ~
39642 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39645 \begin_layout Description
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39651 \begin_inset space ~
39654 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39655 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39658 \begin_layout Description
39660 \begin_inset space ~
39664 \begin_inset space ~
39667 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39671 \begin_layout Description
39673 \begin_inset space ~
39677 \begin_inset space ~
39680 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39681 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39684 \begin_layout Description
39686 \begin_inset space ~
39690 \begin_inset space ~
39694 \begin_inset space ~
39697 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39698 \begin_inset space ~
39704 \begin_layout Description
39706 \begin_inset space ~
39710 \begin_inset space ~
39714 \begin_inset space ~
39717 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39718 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39721 \begin_layout Description
39723 \begin_inset space ~
39727 \begin_inset space ~
39730 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39731 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39732 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39733 \begin_inset space ~
39737 \begin_inset space ~
39743 \begin_layout Description
39745 \begin_inset space ~
39749 \begin_inset space ~
39752 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39753 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39754 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39755 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39756 \begin_inset space ~
39760 \begin_inset space ~
39766 \begin_layout Description
39768 \begin_inset space ~
39772 \begin_inset space ~
39775 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39778 \begin_layout Description
39780 \begin_inset space ~
39784 \begin_inset space ~
39787 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39790 \begin_layout Description
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39799 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39802 \begin_layout Description
39804 \begin_inset space ~
39807 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39810 \begin_layout Description
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39815 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39818 \begin_layout Description
39820 \begin_inset space ~
39824 \begin_inset space ~
39827 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39830 \begin_layout Description
39832 \begin_inset space ~
39836 \begin_inset space ~
39842 \begin_layout Description
39844 \begin_inset space ~
39848 \begin_inset space ~
39851 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39854 \begin_layout Description
39856 \begin_inset space ~
39860 \begin_inset space ~
39866 \begin_layout Description
39868 \begin_inset space ~
39872 \begin_inset space ~
39875 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39880 \begin_inset Index idx
39883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39884 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39889 , when using this, set the document language to
39894 \begin_layout Description
39896 \begin_inset space ~
39900 \begin_inset space ~
39903 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39907 , when using this, set the document language to
39912 \begin_layout Description
39914 \begin_inset space ~
39918 \begin_inset space ~
39921 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39926 \begin_inset Index idx
39929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39930 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39935 , when using this, set the document language to
39940 \begin_layout Description
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39946 \begin_inset space ~
39949 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39953 , when using this, set the document language to
39958 \begin_layout Description
39960 \begin_inset space ~
39964 \begin_inset space ~
39967 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39971 , when using this, set the document language to
39976 \begin_layout Description
39978 \begin_inset space ~
39981 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39984 \begin_layout Description
39986 \begin_inset space ~
39990 \begin_inset space ~
39994 \begin_inset space ~
39997 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40000 \begin_layout Description
40002 \begin_inset space ~
40006 \begin_inset space ~
40010 \begin_inset space ~
40013 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40014 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40015 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40018 \begin_layout Description
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40024 \begin_inset space ~
40030 \begin_layout Description
40032 \begin_inset space ~
40036 \begin_inset space ~
40039 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40040 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40043 \begin_layout Description
40045 \begin_inset space ~
40049 \begin_inset space ~
40052 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40057 \begin_inset Index idx
40060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40061 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40066 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40069 \begin_layout Description
40071 \begin_inset space ~
40075 \begin_inset space ~
40078 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40082 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40091 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40092 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40106 \begin_layout Description
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40112 \begin_inset space ~
40115 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40120 \begin_inset Index idx
40123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40124 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40129 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40132 \begin_layout Description
40134 \begin_inset space ~
40137 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40142 \begin_inset Index idx
40145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40146 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40152 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40156 \begin_layout Description
40158 \begin_inset space ~
40162 \begin_inset space ~
40166 \begin_inset space ~
40169 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40170 \begin_inset space ~
40176 \begin_layout Description
40178 \begin_inset space ~
40182 \begin_inset space ~
40186 \begin_inset space ~
40189 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40190 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40191 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40195 \begin_layout Description
40197 \begin_inset space ~
40201 \begin_inset space ~
40205 \begin_inset space ~
40208 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40209 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40212 \begin_layout Section
40216 \begin_layout Standard
40217 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40218 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40219 \begin_inset space ~
40223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40225 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40232 \begin_layout Section
40236 \begin_layout Standard
40237 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40242 \begin_inset Index idx
40245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40246 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40256 \begin_inset Index idx
40259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40260 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40265 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40270 \begin_inset Index idx
40273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40274 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40279 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40281 For a further description see section
40282 \begin_inset space ~
40286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40288 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40295 \begin_layout Section
40299 \begin_layout Standard
40300 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40301 and you can define additional indexes.
40302 Please refer to section
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40309 reference "sec:Index"
40316 \begin_layout Section
40320 \begin_layout Standard
40321 The PDF properties are explained in section
40322 \begin_inset space ~
40326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40328 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40335 \begin_layout Section
40339 \begin_layout Standard
40340 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40345 \begin_inset Index idx
40348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40349 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40359 \begin_inset Index idx
40362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40363 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40368 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40371 \begin_layout Standard
40376 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40377 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40380 \begin_layout Standard
40385 is used for special integral characters.
40388 \begin_layout Section
40392 \begin_layout Standard
40393 The float placement options are described in section
40394 \begin_inset space ~
40398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40400 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40407 \begin_layout Section
40411 \begin_layout Standard
40412 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40413 The itemize environment is described in section
40414 \begin_inset space ~
40418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40420 reference "sec:Itemize"
40427 \begin_layout Section
40431 \begin_layout Standard
40432 Branches are described in section
40433 \begin_inset space ~
40437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40439 reference "sec:Branches"
40446 \begin_layout Section
40451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40461 \begin_layout Standard
40462 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40463 to define LaTeX-commands.
40464 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40465 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40469 \begin_layout Standard
40470 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40471 \begin_inset space ~
40475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40477 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40484 \begin_layout Chapter
40490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40492 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40497 \begin_inset Index idx
40500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40509 \begin_layout Standard
40510 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40512 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40516 It has the following submenus.
40519 \begin_layout Section
40523 \begin_layout Subsection
40527 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40528 User Interface File
40529 \begin_inset Index idx
40532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40533 Customization ! of toolbars
40539 \begin_inset Index idx
40542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40543 Customization ! of menus
40551 \begin_layout Standard
40552 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40560 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40569 \begin_layout Standard
40570 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40571 interface (ui) file.
40572 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40573 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40582 Both files are loaded by the
40587 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40588 files and edit the entries.
40591 \begin_layout Standard
40592 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40604 entries must be ended with an explicit
40629 and in the case of the
40630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40642 The syntax for the entries is:
40645 \begin_layout Standard
40646 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40674 \begin_layout Standard
40676 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40679 All LyX-functions are listed in
40680 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40689 \begin_layout Standard
40690 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40696 \begin_layout Standard
40697 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40699 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40702 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40706 \begin_layout Standard
40707 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40731 \begin_layout Standard
40733 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40736 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40743 \begin_layout Standard
40746 Enable tool tips in main work area
40748 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40752 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40756 \begin_layout Standard
40760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40767 restoring of window layout and geometries
40769 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40770 in the last LyX session.
40773 \begin_layout Standard
40776 Restore cursor positions
40778 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40782 \begin_layout Standard
40785 Load opened files from last session
40787 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40790 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40794 name "sub:Backup documents"
40799 \begin_inset Index idx
40802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40811 \begin_layout Standard
40816 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40819 \begin_layout Standard
40824 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40827 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40829 \begin_inset space ~
40837 \begin_layout Standard
40840 Open documents in tabs
40842 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40846 \begin_layout Subsection
40848 \begin_inset Index idx
40851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40860 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40867 \begin_layout Standard
40868 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40871 \begin_layout Standard
40872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40880 This section only deals with the fonts
40885 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40888 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40889 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40900 \begin_layout Standard
40901 By default, LyX uses
40905 as roman (serif) font,
40913 (depends on the system) as
40916 \begin_inset space ~
40932 \begin_layout Standard
40933 You can change the font size with the
40938 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40939 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40942 \begin_layout Standard
40947 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40948 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40953 points have the size of 1
40954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40958 \begin_inset space ~
40962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40964 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40971 \begin_layout Standard
40976 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40977 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40981 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40982 \begin_inset space ~
40986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40988 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40995 \begin_layout Standard
40998 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41000 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41001 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41002 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41003 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41005 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41006 \begin_inset space ~
41012 \begin_layout Subsection
41014 \begin_inset Index idx
41017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41024 \begin_inset Index idx
41027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41036 \begin_layout Standard
41037 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41038 Choose an item in the list and use the
41045 \begin_layout Subsection
41047 \begin_inset Index idx
41050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41059 \begin_layout Standard
41060 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41063 \begin_layout Standard
41068 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41069 This feature is described in section
41070 \begin_inset space ~
41074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41076 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41083 \begin_layout Standard
41087 \begin_inset space ~
41091 \begin_inset space ~
41095 \begin_inset space ~
41100 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41103 \begin_layout Section
41105 \begin_inset Index idx
41108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41117 \begin_layout Subsection
41121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41125 \begin_layout Standard
41128 Cursor follows scrollbar
41130 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41134 \begin_layout Standard
41137 Sort environments alphabetically
41139 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41142 \begin_layout Standard
41145 Group environments by their category
41147 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41150 \begin_layout Standard
41151 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41163 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41167 \begin_layout Standard
41168 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41173 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41174 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41178 \begin_layout Subsection
41180 \begin_inset Index idx
41183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41190 \begin_inset Index idx
41193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41194 Settings ! Shortcuts
41202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41206 \begin_layout Standard
41207 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41208 Several binding files are available:
41211 \begin_layout Description
41212 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41215 \begin_layout Description
41216 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41227 \begin_layout Description
41228 mac.bind set of bindings for
41231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41239 \begin_layout Standard
41240 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41244 , and bind files for special languages.
41245 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41250 \begin_inset space \space{}
41254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41262 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41266 \begin_layout Standard
41267 Some bind-files, like
41271 , have only a small scope.
41272 When looking at the end of the file
41276 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41283 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41288 \begin_inset Index idx
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41292 Key Bindings ! Editing
41300 \begin_layout Standard
41301 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41302 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41303 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41306 Show key-bindings containing
41309 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41310 Insert there for example as keyword
41311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41318 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41328 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41329 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41333 that you will find in the
41340 \begin_layout Standard
41342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41346 \begin_inset space \space{}
41357 , select the function and press the
41362 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41363 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41364 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41365 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41366 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41368 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41370 The binding for the function
41374 is an example of this.
41377 \begin_layout Standard
41378 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41380 The syntax of the entries is:
41383 \begin_layout Standard
41389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41407 \begin_layout Subsection
41409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41419 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41424 \begin_inset Index idx
41427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41434 \begin_inset Index idx
41437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41438 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41446 \begin_layout Standard
41447 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41448 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41454 \begin_inset space \space{}
41457 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41458 can use the keyboard map file named
41465 \begin_layout Standard
41466 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41474 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41482 \begin_layout Standard
41483 Besides this, you can specify here the
41485 Wheel scrolling speed
41488 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41492 \begin_layout Subsection
41494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41496 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41501 \begin_inset Index idx
41504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41513 \begin_layout Standard
41514 Input completion is described in sec.
41515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41521 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41526 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41528 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41529 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41533 \begin_layout Section
41535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41542 \begin_inset Index idx
41545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41552 \begin_inset Index idx
41555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41564 \begin_layout Description
41566 \begin_inset space ~
41569 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41570 It is the default when you
41581 \begin_inset space ~
41589 \begin_layout Description
41591 \begin_inset space ~
41594 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41596 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41598 \begin_inset space ~
41602 \begin_inset space ~
41610 \begin_layout Description
41612 \begin_inset space ~
41615 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41621 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41625 \begin_inset Newline newline
41629 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41641 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41649 \begin_layout Description
41651 \begin_inset space ~
41655 \begin_inset Index idx
41658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41664 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41665 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41666 \begin_inset space ~
41670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41672 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41680 will be used to save the backups.
41681 \begin_inset Newline newline
41684 The backup files have the ending
41685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41695 \begin_layout Description
41700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41707 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41708 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41709 \begin_inset Newline newline
41713 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41721 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41729 \begin_layout Description
41731 \begin_inset space ~
41734 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41737 \begin_layout Description
41739 \begin_inset space ~
41742 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41743 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41744 to find it on the system.
41745 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41746 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41755 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41756 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41760 \begin_layout Section
41764 \begin_layout Standard
41765 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41766 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41768 \begin_inset space ~
41772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41774 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41778 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41781 \begin_layout Section
41783 \begin_inset Index idx
41786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41787 Language ! Settings
41793 \begin_inset Index idx
41796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41797 Settings ! Language
41805 \begin_layout Subsection
41809 \begin_layout Description
41811 \begin_inset space ~
41815 \begin_inset space ~
41818 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41819 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41820 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41821 You find the actual translation status here:
41822 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41824 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41825 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41832 \begin_layout Description
41834 \begin_inset space ~
41837 language is the language used in new documents
41840 \begin_layout Description
41842 \begin_inset space ~
41845 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41847 The default is the LaTeX-command
41853 that loads the package
41861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41862 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41863 \begin_inset space ~
41867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41869 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41879 \begin_inset Newline newline
41886 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41887 to the document language.
41888 A text label is, for instance, the word
41889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41896 at the beginning of every table caption.
41899 \begin_layout Description
41901 \begin_inset space ~
41904 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41905 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41906 An example is the start command
41912 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41917 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41932 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41937 \begin_layout Description
41939 \begin_inset space ~
41947 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41948 command toggles the package on and off.
41951 \begin_layout Description
41953 \begin_inset space ~
41963 \begin_layout Description
41964 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41965 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41966 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41967 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41974 \begin_layout Description
41976 \begin_inset space ~
41979 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41981 When this option is not set, the
41984 \begin_inset space ~
41989 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41990 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41993 \begin_inset space ~
42001 \begin_layout Description
42003 \begin_inset space ~
42009 \begin_inset space ~
42015 When it is not set, the
42018 \begin_inset space ~
42023 is set to the end of the document.
42026 \begin_layout Description
42028 \begin_inset space ~
42032 \begin_inset space ~
42035 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42036 language will be underlined blue.
42039 \begin_layout Description
42041 \begin_inset space ~
42045 \begin_inset space ~
42048 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42049 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42052 \begin_layout Description
42054 \begin_inset space ~
42057 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42058 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42059 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42060 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42063 \begin_layout Subsection
42067 \begin_layout Standard
42068 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42069 \begin_inset space ~
42073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42075 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42082 \begin_layout Section
42086 \begin_layout Subsection
42088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42095 \begin_inset Index idx
42098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42105 \begin_inset Index idx
42108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 \begin_layout Description
42119 \begin_inset space ~
42122 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42123 The name will be used when the
42128 \begin_inset Newline newline
42132 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42140 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42148 \begin_layout Description
42150 \begin_inset space ~
42154 \begin_inset space ~
42158 \begin_inset space ~
42161 printer This option works only for the
42166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42178 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42179 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42182 \begin_layout Description
42184 \begin_inset space ~
42187 command is the command LyX
42188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42195 LaTeX uses for printing.
42196 The default is on most systems
42203 \begin_layout Description
42205 \begin_inset space ~
42209 \begin_inset space ~
42212 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42213 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42214 of the program that provides the
42221 \begin_layout Subsection
42223 \begin_inset Index idx
42226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42233 \begin_inset Index idx
42236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42237 Settings ! Date format
42245 \begin_layout Standard
42246 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42247 \begin_inset Newline newline
42251 \begin_inset Flex URL
42254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42256 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42262 \begin_inset Newline newline
42265 For example the format
42266 \begin_inset Newline newline
42270 \begin_inset Newline newline
42273 prints the date as day/month/year.
42276 \begin_layout Subsection
42280 \begin_layout Description
42282 \begin_inset space ~
42286 \begin_inset space ~
42289 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42292 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42293 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42295 \begin_inset space ~
42301 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42305 \begin_layout Description
42307 \begin_inset space ~
42310 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42315 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42316 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42319 \begin_layout Subsection
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42334 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42339 \begin_inset Index idx
42342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42351 \begin_layout Description
42356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42364 \begin_inset space ~
42367 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42372 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42394 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42407 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42408 LyX sets up in the background.
42409 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42412 \begin_layout Description
42414 \begin_inset space ~
42418 \begin_inset space ~
42421 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42426 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42429 \begin_layout Standard
42430 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42431 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42432 manuals of the applications.
42433 Currently the following commands can be set:
42436 \begin_layout Description
42441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42449 \begin_inset space ~
42452 command Command for the program
42456 that is described in the section
42462 Additional Features
42467 \begin_layout Description
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42480 \begin_inset space ~
42483 command Command for the program
42487 that generates the bibliography, see section
42488 \begin_inset space ~
42492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42494 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42501 \begin_layout Description
42503 \begin_inset space ~
42506 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42507 \begin_inset space ~
42511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42513 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42520 \begin_layout Description
42522 \begin_inset space ~
42525 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42526 \begin_inset space ~
42530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42532 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42539 \begin_layout Description
42541 \begin_inset space ~
42545 \begin_inset space ~
42549 \begin_inset space ~
42553 \begin_inset space ~
42556 options They only have an effect when the program
42560 is used as DVI-viewer.
42563 \begin_layout Standard
42564 There are additionally the following options:
42567 \begin_layout Description
42569 \begin_inset space ~
42573 \begin_inset space ~
42577 \begin_inset space ~
42581 \begin_inset space ~
42585 \begin_inset space ~
42588 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42606 to separate folders.
42607 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42608 \begin_inset Index idx
42611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42618 \begin_inset Index idx
42621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42630 \begin_layout Description
42632 \begin_inset space ~
42636 \begin_inset space ~
42640 \begin_inset space ~
42644 \begin_inset space ~
42648 \begin_inset space ~
42652 \begin_inset space ~
42655 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42657 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42660 dialog when changing the document class.
42663 \begin_layout Section
42665 \begin_inset space ~
42669 \begin_inset Index idx
42672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42681 \begin_layout Subsection
42683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42685 name "sub:Converters"
42690 \begin_inset Index idx
42693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42702 \begin_layout Standard
42703 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42704 from one format to another.
42705 You can modify them or create new ones.
42706 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42713 \begin_inset space ~
42723 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42727 \begin_inset space ~
42732 drop-down list, modify the
42736 field, and press the
42743 \begin_layout Standard
42746 Converter File Cache
42748 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42751 Maximum Age (in days
42754 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42755 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42758 \begin_layout Standard
42759 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42760 the converter definition, is described in the section
42771 \begin_layout Subsection
42773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42775 name "sec:File-Formats"
42780 \begin_inset Index idx
42783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42790 \begin_inset Index idx
42793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42802 \begin_layout Standard
42803 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42804 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42808 \begin_layout Standard
42809 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42810 is described in the section
42821 \begin_layout Standard
42822 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42823 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42824 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42825 This is done by specifying a
42830 More about this is described in the section
42841 \begin_layout Chapter
42842 Units available in LyX
42843 \begin_inset Index idx
42846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42855 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42862 \begin_layout Standard
42863 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42866 reference "cap:Units"
42870 explains all units available in LyX.
42873 \begin_layout Standard
42874 \begin_inset Float table
42880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42881 \begin_inset Caption
42883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42899 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42907 \begin_inset Tabular
42908 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42909 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42910 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43035 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43062 scaled point (65536
43063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43067 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43123 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43151 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43178 % of original image width
43185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43367 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43392 \begin_layout Chapter
43394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43403 \begin_layout Standard
43404 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43405 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43408 \begin_layout Itemize
43411 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43414 \begin_layout Itemize
43420 \begin_layout Itemize
43426 \begin_layout Itemize
43432 \begin_layout Itemize
43438 \begin_layout Itemize
43444 \begin_layout Itemize
43450 \begin_layout Itemize
43456 \begin_layout Itemize
43459 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43462 \begin_layout Itemize
43468 \begin_layout Itemize
43474 \begin_layout Itemize
43480 \begin_layout Itemize
43486 \begin_layout Itemize
43492 \begin_layout Itemize
43498 \begin_layout Itemize
43504 \begin_layout Itemize
43510 \begin_layout Itemize
43512 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43521 \begin_layout Standard
43522 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43525 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43532 \begin_layout Bibliography
43533 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43534 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43535 LatexCommand bibitem
43542 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43545 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43550 \begin_inset Newline newline
43554 \begin_inset Flex URL
43557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43559 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43567 \begin_layout Bibliography
43568 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43569 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43570 LatexCommand bibitem
43571 key "latexcompanion"
43575 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43577 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43580 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43583 \begin_layout Bibliography
43584 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43585 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43586 LatexCommand bibitem
43591 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43594 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43597 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43600 \begin_layout Bibliography
43601 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43602 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43603 LatexCommand bibitem
43610 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43613 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43616 \begin_layout Bibliography
43617 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43618 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43619 LatexCommand bibitem
43631 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43634 \begin_layout Bibliography
43635 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43636 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43637 LatexCommand bibitem
43643 \begin_inset Newline newline
43647 \begin_inset Flex URL
43650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43652 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43660 \begin_layout Bibliography
43661 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43662 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43663 LatexCommand bibitem
43669 \begin_inset Newline newline
43673 \begin_inset Flex URL
43676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43678 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43686 \begin_layout Bibliography
43687 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43688 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43689 LatexCommand bibitem
43695 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43697 name "Documentation"
43698 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43707 \begin_inset Newline newline
43711 \begin_inset Flex URL
43714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43716 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43724 \begin_layout Bibliography
43725 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43726 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43727 LatexCommand bibitem
43733 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43735 name "Documentation"
43736 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43740 how to use the program
43745 \begin_inset Newline newline
43749 \begin_inset Flex URL
43752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43754 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43762 \begin_layout Bibliography
43763 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43764 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43765 LatexCommand bibitem
43771 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43773 name "Documentation"
43774 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43783 \begin_inset Newline newline
43787 \begin_inset Flex URL
43790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43792 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43800 \begin_layout Bibliography
43801 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43802 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43803 LatexCommand bibitem
43809 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43811 name "Documentation"
43812 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43821 \begin_inset Newline newline
43825 \begin_inset Flex URL
43828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43830 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43838 \begin_layout Bibliography
43839 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43840 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43841 LatexCommand bibitem
43847 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43849 name "Documentation"
43850 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43854 of the LaTeX-package
43859 \begin_inset Index idx
43862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43863 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43869 \begin_inset Newline newline
43873 \begin_inset Flex URL
43876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43878 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43886 \begin_layout Bibliography
43887 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43888 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43889 LatexCommand bibitem
43895 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43897 name "Documentation"
43898 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43902 of the LaTeX-package
43907 \begin_inset Index idx
43910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43911 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43917 \begin_inset Newline newline
43921 \begin_inset Flex URL
43924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43926 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43934 \begin_layout Bibliography
43935 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43936 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43937 LatexCommand bibitem
43945 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43947 name "Documentation"
43948 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43954 of the LaTeX-package
43959 \begin_inset Index idx
43962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43963 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43969 \begin_inset Newline newline
43973 \begin_inset Flex URL
43976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43978 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43986 \begin_layout Bibliography
43987 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43988 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43989 LatexCommand bibitem
43995 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43997 name "Documentation"
43998 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44002 of the LaTeX-package
44007 \begin_inset Index idx
44010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44011 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44017 \begin_inset Newline newline
44021 \begin_inset Flex URL
44024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44026 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44034 \begin_layout Bibliography
44035 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44036 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44037 LatexCommand bibitem
44043 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44045 name "Documentation"
44046 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44050 of the LaTeX-package
44055 \begin_inset Index idx
44058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44059 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44065 \begin_inset Newline newline
44069 \begin_inset Flex URL
44072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44074 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44082 \begin_layout Bibliography
44083 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44084 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44085 LatexCommand bibitem
44091 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44093 name "Documentation"
44094 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44098 of the LaTeX-package
44103 \begin_inset Index idx
44106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44107 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44113 \begin_inset Newline newline
44117 \begin_inset Flex URL
44120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44122 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44130 \begin_layout Bibliography
44131 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44132 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44133 LatexCommand bibitem
44139 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44142 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44146 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44147 \begin_inset Newline newline
44151 \begin_inset Flex URL
44154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44156 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44164 \begin_layout Bibliography
44165 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44166 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44167 LatexCommand bibitem
44173 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44176 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44180 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44181 \begin_inset Newline newline
44185 \begin_inset Flex URL
44188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44190 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44198 \begin_layout Bibliography
44199 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44200 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44201 LatexCommand bibitem
44207 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44210 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44214 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44215 \begin_inset Newline newline
44219 \begin_inset Flex URL
44222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44224 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44232 \begin_layout Bibliography
44233 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44234 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44235 LatexCommand bibitem
44241 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44244 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44248 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44249 \begin_inset Newline newline
44253 \begin_inset Flex URL
44256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44258 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44266 \begin_layout Bibliography
44267 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44268 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44269 LatexCommand bibitem
44275 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44278 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44282 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44283 \begin_inset Newline newline
44287 \begin_inset Flex URL
44290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44292 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44300 \begin_layout Bibliography
44301 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44302 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44303 LatexCommand bibitem
44309 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44312 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44316 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44317 \begin_inset Newline newline
44321 \begin_inset Flex URL
44324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44326 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44334 \begin_layout Bibliography
44335 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44336 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44337 LatexCommand bibitem
44343 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44346 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44350 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44351 \begin_inset Newline newline
44355 \begin_inset Flex URL
44358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44360 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44368 \begin_layout Bibliography
44369 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44370 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44371 LatexCommand bibitem
44377 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44380 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44384 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44385 \begin_inset Newline newline
44389 \begin_inset Flex URL
44392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44394 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44402 \begin_layout Bibliography
44403 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44404 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44405 LatexCommand bibitem
44411 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44414 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44418 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44419 \begin_inset Newline newline
44423 \begin_inset Flex URL
44426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44428 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44436 \begin_layout Bibliography
44437 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44438 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44439 LatexCommand bibitem
44445 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44448 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44452 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44453 \begin_inset Newline newline
44457 \begin_inset Flex URL
44460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44462 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44470 \begin_layout Bibliography
44471 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44472 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44473 LatexCommand bibitem
44479 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44482 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44486 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44487 \begin_inset Newline newline
44491 \begin_inset Flex URL
44494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44496 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44504 \begin_layout Bibliography
44505 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44506 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44507 LatexCommand bibitem
44513 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44516 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44520 about new features in
44525 \begin_inset Newline newline
44529 \begin_inset Flex URL
44532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44534 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44542 \begin_layout Standard
44543 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44577 \begin_inset Note Note
44580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44587 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44588 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44589 bibliography is the second one:
44597 \begin_layout Standard
44598 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44599 LatexCommand bibtex
44600 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44601 options "biblio/alphadin"
44608 \begin_layout Standard
44609 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44612 \begin_layout Standard
44613 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44614 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44620 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44621 LatexCommand printindex